VirtualBox

source: vbox/trunk/src/VBox/Main/idl/VirtualBox.xidl@ 10873

Last change on this file since 10873 was 10797, checked in by vboxsync, 17 years ago

Guest properties: initial commit of new interface

  • Property svn:eol-style set to native
  • Property svn:keywords set to Author Date Id Revision
File size: 372.6 KB
Line 
1<?xml version="1.0" ?>
2
3<!--
4 * :tabSize=2:indentSize=2:noTabs=true:
5 * :folding=explicit:collapseFolds=1:
6 *
7 * Master declaration for VirtualBox's Main API, represented
8 * by COM/XPCOM and web service interfaces.
9 *
10 * From this document, the build system generates several files
11 * via XSLT that are then used during the build process.
12 *
13 * Below is the list of XSL templates that operate on this file and
14 * output files they generate. These XSL templates must be updated
15 * whenever the schema of this file changes:
16 *
17 * 1. src/VBox/Main/idl/midl.xsl =>
18 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox.idl
19 * (MS COM interface definition file for Main API)
20 *
21 * 2. src/VBox/Main/idl/xpidl.xsl =>
22 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox_XPCOM.idl
23 * (XPCOM interface definition file for Main API)
24 *
25 * 3. src/VBox/Main/idl/doxygen.xsl =>
26 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Main/VirtualBox.idl
27 * (pseudo-IDL for Doxygen to generate the official Main API
28 * documentation)
29 *
30 * 4. src/VBox/Main/webservice/*.xsl =>
31 * a bunch of WSDL and C++ files
32 * (VirtualBox web service sources and SOAP mappers;
33 * see src/VBox/Main/webservice/Makefile.kmk for details)
34 *
35 * 5. src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.xsl =>
36 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.h
37 * (smart Qt-based C++ wrapper classes for COM interfaces
38 * of the Main API)
39 *
40 * 6. src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox4/include/COMWrappers.xsl =>
41 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox4/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.h
42 * (smart Qt-based C++ wrapper classes for COM interfaces
43 * of the Main API)
44 *
45 * 7. src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.xsl =>
46 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.wxi
47 * (Main API TypeLib block for the WiX installer)
48 *
49 Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
50
51 This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
52 available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
53 you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
54 General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
55 Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
56 VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
57 hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
58
59 Please contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa
60 Clara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need
61 additional information or have any questions.
62-->
63
64<idl>
65
66<if target="midl">
67 <cpp line="enum {"/>
68 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMajorVersion = 1,"/>
69 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMinorVersion = 0"/>
70 <cpp line="};"/>
71</if>
72
73<if target="xpidl">
74 <!-- NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTSxx_CI macros are placed here, for convenience -->
75 <cpp>
76// currenty, nsISupportsImpl.h lacks the below-like macros
77#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI
78#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI(_class, _interface) \
79 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
80 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
81 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1_CI(_class, _interface) \
82 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER1(_class, _interface)
83#endif
84#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI
85#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
86 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
87 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
88 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
89 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER2(_class, _i1, _i2)
90#endif
91 </cpp>
92</if>
93
94<library
95 name="VirtualBox"
96 uuid="46137EEC-703B-4fe5-AFD4-7C9BBBBA0259"
97 version="1.3"
98 desc="VirtualBox Type Library"
99 appUuid="819B4D85-9CEE-493C-B6FC-64FFE759B3C9"
100 supportsErrorInfo="yes"
101>
102
103 <!--
104 // all common enums
105 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
106 -->
107
108 <enum
109 name="TSBool"
110 uuid="523ff64d-842a-4b1a-80e7-c311b028cb3a"
111 >
112 <desc>
113 Boolean variable having a third state, default.
114 </desc>
115
116 <const name="False" value="0"/>
117 <const name="True" value="1"/>
118 <const name="Default" value="2"/>
119 </enum>
120
121 <enum
122 name="MachineState"
123 uuid="73bf04d0-7c4f-4684-9abf-d65a9ad74343"
124 >
125 <desc>
126 Virtual machine execution state. This enumeration represents possible
127 values of the <link to="IMachine::state"/> attribute.
128 </desc>
129
130 <const name="Null" value="0">
131 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
132 </const>
133 <const name="PoweredOff" value="1">
134 <desc>
135 The machine is not running.
136 </desc>
137 </const>
138 <const name="Saved" value="2">
139 <desc>
140 The machine is not currently running, but the execution state
141 of the machine has been saved to an external file when it
142 was running.
143 <note>
144 No any machine settings can be altered when the machine
145 is in this state.
146 </note>
147 </desc>
148 </const>
149 <const name="Aborted" value="3">
150 <desc>
151 A process that run the machine has abnormally terminated.
152 Other than that, this value is equivalent to #PoweredOff.
153 </desc>
154 </const>
155 <const name="Running" value="4">
156 <desc>
157 The machine is currently being executed.
158 <note>
159 This value can be used in comparison expressions:
160 all state values below it describe a virtual machine that is
161 not currently being executed (i.e., it is completely out of
162 action).
163 </note>
164 <note>
165 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
166 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
167 preceed the Paused state.
168 </note>
169 </desc>
170 </const>
171 <const name="Paused" value="5">
172 <desc>
173 The execution of the machine has been paused.
174 <note>
175 This value can be used in comparison expressions: all state values
176 above it represent unstable states of the running virtual
177 machine. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, no machine settings can
178 be altered when it is in one of the unstable sates.
179 </note>
180 <note>
181 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
182 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
183 follow the Running state.
184 </note>
185 </desc>
186 </const>
187 <const name="Stuck" value="6">
188 <desc>
189 The execution of the machine has reached the Guru Meditaion
190 condition. This condition indicates an internal VMM failure which may
191 happen as a result of either an unhandled low-level virtual hardware
192 exception or one of the recompiler exceptions (such as
193 the <i>too-many-traps</i> condition).
194 </desc>
195 </const>
196 <const name="Starting" value="7">
197 <desc>
198 The machine is being started after
199 <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from a
200 zero execution state.
201 </desc>
202 </const>
203 <const name="Stopping" value="8">
204 <desc>
205 The machine is being normally stopped
206 (after explicitly <link to="IConsole::powerDown">powering it off</link>,
207 or after the guest OS has initiated a shutdown sequence).
208 </desc>
209 </const>
210 <const name="Saving" value="9">
211 <desc>
212 The machine is saving its execution state to a file as a
213 result of calling <link to="IConsole::saveState"/> or an online
214 snapshot of the machine is being taken using
215 <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/>.
216 </desc>
217 </const>
218 <const name="Restoring" value="10">
219 <desc>
220 The execution state of the machine is being restored from a file
221 after <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from
222 a saved execution state.
223 </desc>
224 </const>
225 <const name="Discarding" value="11">
226 <desc>
227 A snapshot of the machine is being discarded after calling
228 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot"/> or its current state is
229 being discarded after <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/>.
230 </desc>
231 </const>
232 </enum>
233
234 <enum
235 name="SessionState"
236 uuid="CF2700C0-EA4B-47ae-9725-7810114B94D8"
237 >
238 <desc>
239 Session state. This enumeration represents possible values of
240 <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/> and <link to="ISession::state"/>
241 attributes. Idividual value descriptions contain the appropriate
242 meaning for every case.
243 </desc>
244
245 <const name="Null" value="0">
246 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
247 </const>
248 <const name="Closed" value="1">
249 <desc>
250 The machine has no open sessions (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
251 the session is closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
252 </desc>
253 </const>
254 <const name="Open" value="2">
255 <desc>
256 The machine has an open direct session (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
257 the session is open (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
258 </desc>
259 </const>
260 <const name="Spawning" value="3">
261 <desc>
262 A new (direct) session is being opened for the machine
263 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
264 call (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
265 the session is currently being opened
266 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
267 call (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
268 </desc>
269 </const>
270 <const name="Closing" value="4">
271 <desc>
272 The direct session is being closed (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
273 the session is being closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
274 </desc>
275 </const>
276 </enum>
277
278 <enum
279 name="SessionType"
280 uuid="A13C02CB-0C2C-421E-8317-AC0E8AAA153A"
281 >
282 <desc>
283 Session type. This enumeration represents possible values of the
284 <link to="ISession::type"/> attribute.
285 </desc>
286
287 <const name="Null" value="0">
288 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
289 </const>
290 <const name="Direct" value="1">
291 <desc>
292 Direct session
293 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>)
294 </desc>
295 </const>
296 <const name="Remote" value="2">
297 <desc>
298 Remote session
299 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>)
300 </desc>
301 </const>
302 <const name="Existing" value="3">
303 <desc>
304 Existing session
305 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession()"/>)
306 </desc>
307 </const>
308 </enum>
309
310 <enum
311 name="DeviceType"
312 uuid="6d9420f7-0b56-4636-99f9-7346f1b01e57"
313 >
314 <desc>
315 Device type.
316 </desc>
317 <const name="Null" value="0">
318 <desc>
319 <tt>null</tt> value which may also mean "no device".
320 <note>
321 This value is not allowed for
322 <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>
323 </note>
324 </desc>
325 </const>
326 <const name="Floppy" value="1">
327 <desc>Floppy device.</desc>
328 </const>
329 <const name="DVD" value="2">
330 <desc>CD/DVD-ROM device.</desc>
331 </const>
332 <const name="HardDisk" value="3">
333 <desc>Hard disk device.</desc>
334 </const>
335 <const name="Network" value="4">
336 <desc>Network device.</desc>
337 </const>
338 <const name="USB" value="5">
339 <desc>USB device.</desc>
340 </const>
341 <const name="SharedFolder" value="6">
342 <desc>Shared folder device.</desc>
343 </const>
344 </enum>
345
346 <enum
347 name="DeviceActivity"
348 uuid="6FC8AEAA-130A-4eb5-8954-3F921422D707"
349 >
350 <desc>
351 Device activity for <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>.
352 </desc>
353
354 <const name="Null" value="0"/>
355 <const name="Idle" value="1"/>
356 <const name="Reading" value="2"/>
357 <const name="Writing" value="3"/>
358 </enum>
359
360 <enum
361 name="ResourceUsage"
362 uuid="FC56E4B6-B195-48e2-A5E1-A667B0D9F809"
363 >
364 <desc>
365 Usage type constants for
366 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImageUsage"/> and
367 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImageUsage"/>.
368 </desc>
369
370 <const name="Null" value="0">
371 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
372 </const>
373 <const name="Permanent" value="1">
374 <desc>
375 Scopes the VMs that use the resource permanently
376 (the information about this usage is stored in the VM
377 settings file).
378 </desc>
379 </const>
380 <const name="Temporary" value="2">
381 <desc>
382 Scopes the VMs that are temporarily using the resource
383 (the information about the usage is not yet saved in the VM
384 settings file). Temporary usage can take place only in the
385 context of an open session.
386 </desc>
387 </const>
388 <const name="All" value="3">
389 <desc>
390 Combines Permanent and Temporary.
391 </desc>
392 </const>
393 </enum>
394
395 <enum
396 name="StorageBus"
397 uuid="715984a5-093c-43bb-aa42-a16ed16828dd"
398 >
399 <desc>Interface bus type for storage devices.</desc>
400
401 <const name="Null" value="0">
402 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
403 </const>
404
405 <const name="IDE" value="1"/>
406 <const name="SATA" value="2"/>
407 </enum>
408
409 <enum
410 name="ClipboardMode"
411 uuid="33364716-4008-4701-8f14-be0fa3d62950"
412 >
413 <desc>
414 Host-Guest clipboard interchange mode.
415 </desc>
416
417 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
418 <const name="HostToGuest" value="1"/>
419 <const name="GuestToHost" value="2"/>
420 <const name="Bidirectional" value="3"/>
421 </enum>
422
423 <enum
424 name="Scope"
425 uuid="7c91096e-499e-4eca-9f9b-9001438d7855"
426 >
427 <desc>
428 Scope of the operation.
429
430 A generic enumeration used in various methods to define the action or
431 argument scope.
432 </desc>
433
434 <const name="Global" value="0"/>
435 <const name="Machine" value="1"/>
436 <const name="Session" value="2"/>
437 </enum>
438
439 <enum
440 name="GuestStatisticType"
441 uuid="aa7c1d71-aafe-47a8-9608-27d2d337cf55"
442 >
443 <desc>
444 Statistics type for <link to="IGuest::getStatistic"/>.
445 </desc>
446
447 <const name="CPULoad_Idle" value="0">
448 <desc>
449 Idle CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
450 </desc>
451 </const>
452 <const name="CPULoad_Kernel" value="1">
453 <desc>
454 Kernel CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
455 </desc>
456 </const>
457 <const name="CPULoad_User" value="2">
458 <desc>
459 User CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
460 </desc>
461 </const>
462 <const name="Threads" value="3">
463 <desc>
464 Total number of threads in the system.
465 </desc>
466 </const>
467 <const name="Processes" value="4">
468 <desc>
469 Total number of processes in the system.
470 </desc>
471 </const>
472 <const name="Handles" value="5">
473 <desc>
474 Total number of handles in the system.
475 </desc>
476 </const>
477 <const name="MemoryLoad" value="6">
478 <desc>
479 Memory load (0-100%).
480 </desc>
481 </const>
482 <const name="PhysMemTotal" value="7">
483 <desc>
484 Total physical memory in megabytes.
485 </desc>
486 </const>
487 <const name="PhysMemAvailable" value="8">
488 <desc>
489 Free physical memory in megabytes.
490 </desc>
491 </const>
492 <const name="PhysMemBalloon" value="9">
493 <desc>
494 Ballooned physical memory in megabytes.
495 </desc>
496 </const>
497 <const name="MemCommitTotal" value="10">
498 <desc>
499 Total amount of memory in the committed state in megabytes.
500 </desc>
501 </const>
502 <const name="MemKernelTotal" value="11">
503 <desc>
504 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
505 </desc>
506 </const>
507 <const name="MemKernelPaged" value="12">
508 <desc>
509 Total amount of paged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
510 </desc>
511 </const>
512 <const name="MemKernelNonpaged" value="13">
513 <desc>
514 Total amount of nonpaged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
515 </desc>
516 </const>
517 <const name="MemSystemCache" value="14">
518 <desc>
519 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's system cache in megabytes.
520 </desc>
521 </const>
522 <const name="PageFileSize" value="15">
523 <desc>
524 Pagefile size in megabytes.
525 </desc>
526 </const>
527 <const name="SampleNumber" value="16">
528 <desc>
529 Statistics sample number
530 </desc>
531 </const>
532 <const name="MaxVal" value="17"/>
533 </enum>
534
535 <enum
536 name="BIOSBootMenuMode"
537 uuid="ae4fb9f7-29d2-45b4-b2c7-d579603135d5"
538 >
539 <desc>
540 BIOS boot menu mode.
541 </desc>
542
543 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
544 <const name="MenuOnly" value="1"/>
545 <const name="MessageAndMenu" value="2"/>
546 </enum>
547
548 <enum
549 name="IDEControllerType"
550 uuid="445330e3-202a-4dab-854f-ce22e6cb9715"
551 >
552 <desc>
553 IDE controller type.
554 </desc>
555
556 <const name="Null" value="0">
557 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
558 </const>
559 <const name="PIIX3" value="1"/>
560 <const name="PIIX4" value="2"/>
561 </enum>
562
563 <enum
564 name="DriveState"
565 uuid="cb7233b7-c519-42a5-8310-1830953cacbc"
566 >
567 <const name="Null" value="0">
568 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
569 </const>
570 <const name="NotMounted" value="1"/>
571 <const name="ImageMounted" value="2"/>
572 <const name="HostDriveCaptured" value="3"/>
573 </enum>
574
575 <!--
576 // IVirtualBoxErrorInfo
577 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
578 -->
579
580 <interface
581 name="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" extends="$errorinfo"
582 uuid="e98b5376-8eb4-4eea-812a-3964bf3bb26f"
583 supportsErrorInfo="no"
584 wsmap="suppress"
585 >
586 <desc>
587 The IVirtualBoxErrorInfo interface represents extended error information.
588
589 Extended error information can be set by VirtualBox components after
590 unsuccessful or partially successful method invocation. This information
591 can be retrievefd by the calling party as an IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object
592 and then shown to the client in addition to the plain 32-bit result code.
593
594 In MS COM, this interface extends the IErrorInfo interface,
595 in XPCOM, it extends the nsIException interface. In both cases,
596 it provides a set of common attributes to retrieve error
597 information.
598
599 Sometimes invocation of some component's method may involve methods of
600 other components that may also fail (independently of this method's
601 failure), or a series of non-fatal errors may precede a fatal error that
602 causes method failure. In cases like that, it may be desirable to preserve
603 information about all errors happened during method invocation and deliver
604 it to the caller. The <link to="#next"/> attribute is intended
605 specifically for this purpose and allows to represent a chain of errors
606 through a single IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object set after method invocation.
607
608 Note that errors are stored to a chain in the reverse order, i.e. the
609 initial error object you query right after method invocation is the last
610 error set by the callee, the object it points to in the @a next attribute
611 is the previous error and so on, up to the first error (which is the last
612 in the chain).
613 </desc>
614
615 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
616 <desc>
617 Result code of the error.
618 Usually, it will be the same as the result code returned
619 by the method that provided this error information, but not
620 always. For example, on Win32, CoCreateInstance() will most
621 likely return E_NOINTERFACE upon unsuccessful component
622 instantiation attempt, but not the value the component factory
623 returned.
624 <note>
625 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
626 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::result.
627 </note>
628 </desc>
629 </attribute>
630
631 <attribute name="interfaceID" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
632 <desc>
633 UUID of the interface that defined the error.
634 <note>
635 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetGUID.
636 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
637 </note>
638 </desc>
639 </attribute>
640
641 <attribute name="component" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
642 <desc>
643 Name of the component that generated the error.
644 <note>
645 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetSource.
646 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
647 </note>
648 </desc>
649 </attribute>
650
651 <attribute name="text" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
652 <desc>
653 Text description of the error.
654 <note>
655 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetDescription.
656 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::message.
657 </note>
658 </desc>
659 </attribute>
660
661 <attribute name="next" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
662 <desc>
663 Next error object if there is any, or @c null otherwise.
664 <note>
665 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
666 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::inner.
667 </note>
668 </desc>
669 </attribute>
670
671 </interface>
672
673
674 <!--
675 // IVirtualBox
676 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
677 -->
678
679 <interface
680 name="IVirtualBoxCallback" extends="$unknown"
681 uuid="5516cc08-fb81-47a6-b184-031e7bbd2997"
682 wsmap="suppress"
683 >
684 <method name="onMachineStateChange">
685 <desc>
686 The execution state of the given machine has changed.
687 <see>IMachine::state</see>
688 </desc>
689 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
690 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
691 </param>
692 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in">
693 <desc>New execution state.</desc>
694 </param>
695 </method>
696
697 <method name="onMachineDataChange">
698 <desc>
699 Any of the settings of the given machine has changed.
700 </desc>
701 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
702 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
703 </param>
704 </method>
705
706 <method name="onExtraDataCanChange">
707 <desc>
708 Notification when someone tries to change extra data for
709 either the given machine or (if null) global extra data.
710 This gives the chance to veto against changes.
711 </desc>
712 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
713 <desc>
714 ID of the machine this event relates to
715 (null ID for global extra data change requests).
716 </desc>
717 </param>
718 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
719 <desc>
720 Extra data key for the attempted write.
721 </desc>
722 </param>
723 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
724 <desc>
725 Extra data value for the given key.
726 </desc>
727 </param>
728 <param name="error" type="wstring" dir="out">
729 <desc>
730 Optional error message describing the reason of the
731 veto (ignored if this notification returns @c true).
732 </desc>
733 </param>
734 <param name="allowChange" type="boolean" dir="return">
735 <desc>
736 Flag to indicate whether the callee agrees (@ true)
737 or vetoes against the change (@ false).
738 </desc>
739 </param>
740 </method>
741
742 <method name="onExtraDataChange">
743 <desc>
744 Notification when machine specific or global extra data
745 has changed.
746 </desc>
747 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
748 <desc>
749 ID of the machine this event relates to.
750 Null for global extra data changes.
751 </desc>
752 </param>
753 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
754 <desc>
755 Extra data key that has changed.
756 </desc>
757 </param>
758 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
759 <desc>
760 Extra data value for the given key.
761 </desc>
762 </param>
763 </method>
764
765 <method name="onMediaRegistered">
766 <desc>
767 The given media was registered or unregistered
768 within this VirtualBox installation.
769
770 The @a mediaType parameter describes what type of
771 media the specified @a mediaId refers to. Possible
772 values are:
773
774 - <link to="DeviceType::HardDisk"/>: the media is a hard disk
775 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
776 <link to="IVirtualBox::getHardDisk"/> call.
777 - <link to="DeviceType::DVD"/>: the media is a CD/DVD image
778 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
779 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImage"/> call.
780 - <link to="DeviceType::Floppy"/>: the media is a Floppy image
781 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
782 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImage"/> call.
783
784 Note that if this is a deregistration notification,
785 there is no way to access the object representing the
786 unregistered media. It is supposed that the
787 application will do required cleanup based on the @a
788 mediaId value.
789 </desc>
790 <param name="mediaId" type="uuid" dir="in">
791 <desc>ID of the media this event relates to.</desc>
792 </param>
793 <param name="mediaType" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
794 <desc>Type of the media this event relates to.</desc>
795 </param>
796 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
797 <desc>
798 If true, the media was registered, otherwise it was
799 unregistered.
800 </desc>
801 </param>
802 </method>
803
804 <method name="onMachineRegistered">
805 <desc>
806 The given machine was registered or unregistered
807 within this VirtualBox installation.
808 </desc>
809 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
810 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
811 </param>
812 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
813 <desc>
814 If true, the machine was registered, otherwise it was
815 unregistered.
816 </desc>
817 </param>
818 </method>
819
820 <method name="onSessionStateChange">
821 <desc>
822 The state of the session for the given machine was changed.
823 <see>IMachine::sessionState</see>
824 </desc>
825 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
826 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
827 </param>
828 <param name="state" type="SessionState" dir="in">
829 <desc>New session state.</desc>
830 </param>
831 </method>
832
833 <method name="onSnapshotTaken">
834 <desc>
835 A new snapshot of the machine has been taken.
836 <see>ISnapshot</see>
837 </desc>
838 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
839 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
840 </param>
841 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
842 <desc>ID of the new snapshot.</desc>
843 </param>
844 </method>
845
846 <method name="onSnapshotDiscarded">
847 <desc>
848 Snapshot of the given machine has been discarded.
849
850 <note>
851 This notification is delivered <b>after</b> the snapshot
852 object has been uninitialized on the server (so that any
853 attempt to call its methods will return an error).
854 </note>
855
856 <see>ISnapshot</see>
857 </desc>
858 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
859 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
860 </param>
861 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
862 <desc>
863 ID of the discarded snapshot. <tt>null</tt> means the
864 current machine state has been discarded (restored from
865 the current snapshot).
866 </desc>
867 </param>
868 </method>
869
870 <method name="onSnapshotChange">
871 <desc>
872 Snapshot properties (name and/or description) have been changed.
873 <see>ISnapshot</see>
874 </desc>
875 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
876 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
877 </param>
878 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
879 <desc>ID of the changed snapshot.</desc>
880 </param>
881 </method>
882
883 <method name="onGuestPropertyChange">
884 <desc>
885 Notification when a guest property has changed.
886 </desc>
887 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
888 <desc>
889 ID of the machine this event relates to.
890 </desc>
891 </param>
892 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
893 <desc>
894 The name of the property that has changed.
895 </desc>
896 </param>
897 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
898 <desc>
899 The new property value.
900 </desc>
901 </param>
902 <param name="flags" type="wstring" dir="in">
903 <desc>
904 The new property flags.
905 </desc>
906 </param>
907 </method>
908
909 </interface>
910
911 <interface
912 name="IVirtualBox" extends="$dispatched"
913 uuid="557a07bc-e6ae-4520-a361-4a8493199137"
914 wsmap="managed"
915 >
916 <desc>
917 The IVirtualBox interface represents the main interface exposed by the
918 product that provides virtual machine management.
919
920 An instance of IVirtualBox is required for the product to do anything
921 useful. Even though the interface does not expose this, internally,
922 IVirtualBox is implemented as a singleton and actually lives in the
923 process of the VirtualBox server (VBoxSVC.exe). This makes sure that
924 IVirtualBox can track the state of all virtual machines on a particular
925 host, regardless of which frontend started them.
926
927 To enumerate all the virtual machines on the host, use the
928 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute.
929 </desc>
930
931 <attribute name="version" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
932 <desc>
933 A string representing the version number of the product. The
934 format is 3 integer numbers divided by dots (e.g. 1.0.1). The
935 last number represents the build number and will frequently change.
936 </desc>
937 </attribute>
938
939 <attribute name="packageType" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
940 <desc>
941 A string representing the package type of this product. The
942 format is OS_ARCH_DIST where OS is either WINDOWS, LINUX,
943 SOLARIS, DARWIN. ARCH is either 32BITS or 64BITS. DIST
944 is either GENERIC, UBUNTU_606, UBUNTU_710, or something like
945 this.
946 </desc>
947 </attribute>
948
949 <attribute name="homeFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
950 <desc>
951 Full path to the directory where the global settings file,
952 <tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>, is stored.
953
954 In this version of VirtualBox, the value of this property is
955 always <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;/.VirtualBox</tt> (where
956 <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;</tt> is the path to the user directory,
957 as determined by the host OS), and cannot be changed.
958
959 This path is also used as the base to resolve relative paths in
960 places where relative paths are allowed (unless otherwise
961 expressly indicated).
962 </desc>
963 </attribute>
964
965 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
966 <desc>
967 Full name of the global settings file.
968 The value of this property corresponds to the value of
969 <link to="#homeFolder"/> plus <tt>/VirtualBox.xml</tt>.
970 </desc>
971 </attribute>
972
973 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
974 <desc>
975 Current version of the format of the global VirtualBox settings file
976 (<tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>).
977
978 The version string has the following format:
979 <pre>
980 x.y-platform
981 </pre>
982 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
983 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
984
985 The current version usually matches the value of the
986 <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
987 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
988 was a change of the settings file format since then.
989
990 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
991 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
992 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
993 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
994 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
995 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
996 value of <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
997 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
998 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
999
1000 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
1001 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
1002 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
1003 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
1004 etc.
1005
1006 <see>settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
1007 </desc>
1008 </attribute>
1009
1010 <attribute name="settingsFormatVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
1011 <desc>
1012 Most recent version of the settings file format.
1013
1014 The version string has the following format:
1015 <pre>
1016 x.y-platform
1017 </pre>
1018 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
1019 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
1020
1021 VirtualBox uses this version of the format when saving settings files
1022 (either as a result of method calls that require to save settings or as
1023 a result of an explicit call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>).
1024
1025 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
1026 </desc>
1027 </attribute>
1028
1029 <attribute name="host" type="IHost" readonly="yes">
1030 <desc>Associated host object.</desc>
1031 </attribute>
1032
1033 <attribute name="systemProperties" type="ISystemProperties" readonly="yes">
1034 <desc>Associated system information object.</desc>
1035 </attribute>
1036
1037 <attribute name="machines" type="IMachineCollection" readonly="yes">
1038 <desc>
1039 Collection of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox
1040 instance.
1041 </desc>
1042 </attribute>
1043
1044 <attribute name="machines2" type="IMachine" readonly="yes" safearray="yes">
1045 <desc>
1046 Array of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox instance.
1047 </desc>
1048 </attribute>
1049
1050 <attribute name="hardDisks" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
1051 <desc>
1052 Collection of hard disk objects registered within this VirtualBox
1053 instance.
1054
1055 This collection contains only "top-level" (basic or independent) hard
1056 disk images, but not differencing ones. All differencing images of the
1057 given top-level image (i.e. all its children) can be enumerated using
1058 <link to="IHardDisk::children"/>.
1059 </desc>
1060 </attribute>
1061
1062 <attribute name="DVDImages" type="IDVDImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1063
1064 <attribute name="FloppyImages" type="IFloppyImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1065
1066 <attribute name="progressOperations" type="IProgressCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1067
1068 <attribute name="guestOSTypes" type="IGuestOSTypeCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1069
1070 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
1071 <desc>
1072 Collection of global shared folders. Global shared folders are
1073 available to all virtual machines.
1074
1075 New shared folders are added to the collection using
1076 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
1077 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
1078
1079 <note>
1080 In the current version of the product, global shared folders are not
1081 implemented and therefore this collection is always empty.
1082 </note>
1083 </desc>
1084 </attribute>
1085
1086 <attribute name="performanceCollector" type="IPerformanceCollector" readonly="yes">
1087 <desc>
1088 Associated performance collector object.
1089 </desc>
1090 </attribute>
1091
1092 <method name="createMachine">
1093 <desc>
1094 Creates a new virtual machine.
1095
1096 The new machine will have "empty" default settings and will not
1097 yet be registered. The typical sequence to create a virtual machine
1098 is therefore something like this:
1099
1100 <ol>
1101 <li>Call this method (IVirtualBox::createMachine) to have a new
1102 machine created. The machine object returned is "mutable", i.e.
1103 automatically locked for the current session, as if
1104 <link to="#openSession" /> had been called on it.</li>
1105
1106 <li>Assign meaningful settings to the new machine by calling the
1107 respective methods.</li>
1108
1109 <li>Call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings" /> to have the settings written
1110 to the machine's XML settings file. The configuration of the newly
1111 created machine will not be saved to disk (and the settings subfolder
1112 and file, as described below, will not be created) until this method
1113 is called.</li>
1114
1115 <li>Call <link to="#registerMachine" /> to have the
1116 machine show up in the list of machines registered with VirtualBox.</li>
1117 </ol>
1118
1119 Every machine has a <i>settings file</i> that is used to store
1120 the machine configuration. This file is stored in the directory
1121 called <i>machine settings subfolder</i>. Unless specified otherwise,
1122 both the subfolder and the settings file will have a name that
1123 corresponds to the name of the virtual machine. You can specify
1124 where to create the machine settings subfolder using the @a
1125 baseFolder argument. The base folder can be absolute (full path)
1126 or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1127 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1128
1129 If a null or empty string is given as the base folder (which is
1130 recommended), the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultMachineFolder">
1131 default machine settings folder</link> will be used as the base
1132 folder to create the machine settings subfolder and file. In
1133 any case, the full path to the settings file will look like:
1134 <pre>
1135 &lt;base_folder&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;.xml
1136 </pre>
1137
1138 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1139 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1140 empty or null UUID.
1141
1142 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1143 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1144 description for more details about the machine name.
1145
1146 The created machine remains
1147 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1148
1149 <note>
1150 There is no way to change the name of the settings file or
1151 subfolder of the created machine directly.
1152 </note>
1153 </desc>
1154 <param name="baseFolder" type="wstring" dir="in">
1155 <desc>
1156 Name of the folder where to create the machine settings
1157 subfolder containing the settings file.
1158 </desc>
1159 </param>
1160 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1161 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1162 </param>
1163 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1164 <desc>
1165 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1166 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1167 </desc>
1168 </param>
1169 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1170 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1171 </param>
1172 </method>
1173
1174 <method name="createLegacyMachine">
1175 <desc>
1176 Creates a new virtual machine in "legacy" mode, using the
1177 specified settings file to store machine settings.
1178
1179 As opposed to machines created by <link to="#createMachine()"/>,
1180 the settings file of the machine created in "legacy" mode
1181 is not automatically renamed when the machine name is
1182 changed -- it will always remain the same as specified in this
1183 method call.
1184
1185 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1186 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1187 VirtualBox home directory</link>. If the file name doesn't
1188 contain an extension, the default extension (.xml) will be
1189 appended.
1190
1191 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1192 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1193 empty or null UUID.
1194
1195 Note that the configuration of the newly created machine is not
1196 saved to disk (and therefore no settings file is created)
1197 until <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. If the
1198 specified settings file already exists,
1199 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> will return an error.
1200
1201 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1202 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1203 description for more details about the machine name.
1204
1205 The created machine remains
1206 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1207
1208 @deprecated This method may be removed later. It is better
1209 to use <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>.
1210
1211 <note>
1212 There is no way to change the name of the settings file
1213 of the created machine.
1214 </note>
1215 </desc>
1216 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1217 <desc>
1218 Name of the file where to store machine settings.
1219 </desc>
1220 </param>
1221 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1222 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1223 </param>
1224 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1225 <desc>
1226 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1227 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1228 </desc>
1229 </param>
1230 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1231 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1232 </param>
1233 </method>
1234
1235 <method name="openMachine">
1236 <desc>
1237 Opens a virtual machine from the existing settings file.
1238 The opened machine remains unregistered until you call
1239 <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1240
1241 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1242 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1243 VirtualBox home directory</link>. This file must exist
1244 and must be a valid machine settings file whose contents
1245 will be used to construct the machine object.
1246
1247 @deprecated Will be removed soon.
1248 </desc>
1249 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1250 <desc>
1251 Name of the machine settings file.
1252 </desc>
1253 </param>
1254 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1255 <desc>Opened machine object.</desc>
1256 </param>
1257 <note>
1258 <link to="IMachine::settingsModified"/> will return
1259 false for the created machine, until any of machine settigs
1260 are changed.
1261 </note>
1262 </method>
1263
1264 <method name="registerMachine">
1265 <desc>
1266
1267 Registers the machine previously created using
1268 <link to="#createMachine()"/> or opened using
1269 <link to="#openMachine()"/> within this VirtualBox installation. After
1270 successful method invocation, the
1271 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1272 to all registered callbacks.
1273
1274 <note>
1275 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/>
1276 to save all current machine settings before registering it.
1277 </note>
1278
1279 </desc>
1280 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
1281 </method>
1282
1283 <method name="getMachine">
1284 <desc>
1285 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its UUID.
1286 To look up a machine by name, use <link to="IVirtualBox::findMachine" /> instead.
1287 </desc>
1288 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1289 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1290 </method>
1291
1292 <method name="findMachine">
1293 <desc>
1294 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its name.
1295 To look up a machine by UUID, use <link to="IVirtualBox::getMachine" /> instead.
1296 </desc>
1297 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1298 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1299 </method>
1300
1301 <method name="unregisterMachine">
1302 <desc>
1303
1304 Unregisters the machine previously registered using
1305 <link to="#registerMachine"/>. After successful method invocation, the
1306 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1307 to all registered callbacks.
1308
1309 <note>
1310 The specified machine must not be in the Saved state, have an open
1311 (or a spawning) direct session associated with it, have snapshots or
1312 have hard disks attached.
1313 </note>
1314
1315 <note>
1316 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to
1317 save all current machine settings before unregistering it.
1318 </note>
1319
1320 <note>
1321 If the given machine is inaccessible (see
1322 <link to="IMachine::accessible"/>), it will be unregistered and
1323 fully uninitialized right afterwards. As a result, the returned
1324 machine object will be unusable and an attempt to call
1325 <b>any</b> method will return the "Object not ready" error.
1326 </note>
1327
1328 </desc>
1329 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1330 <desc>UUID of the machine to unregister.</desc>
1331 </param>
1332 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1333 <desc>Unregistered machine object.</desc>
1334 </param>
1335 </method>
1336
1337 <method name="createHardDisk">
1338 <desc>
1339
1340 Creates a new unregistered hard disk that will use the given
1341 storage type.
1342
1343 Most properties of the created hard disk object are
1344 uninitialized. Valid values must be assigned to them (and probalby
1345 some actions performed) to make the actual usage of this hard disk
1346 (<link to="#registerHardDisk()">register</link>, attach to a virtual
1347 machine, etc.). See the description of <link to="IHardDisk"/> and
1348 descriptions of storage type specific interfaces for more information.
1349
1350 <note>
1351 For hard disks using
1352 the <link
1353 to="HardDiskStorageType::VirtualDiskImage">VirtualDiskImage</link>
1354 storage type, an image file is not actually created until you call
1355 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createDynamicImage()"/> or
1356 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createFixedImage()"/>.
1357 </note>
1358
1359 </desc>
1360
1361 <param name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" dir="in">
1362 <desc>Storage type of the hard disk image to create.</desc>
1363 </param>
1364 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1365 <desc>Created hard disk object of the given storage type.</desc>
1366 </param>
1367
1368 </method>
1369
1370 <method name="openHardDisk">
1371 <desc>
1372
1373 Opens a hard disk from an existing location.
1374
1375 This method tries to guess the
1376 <link to="HardDiskStorageType">hard disk storage type</link> from the
1377 format of the location string and from the contents of the resource the
1378 location points to. Currently, a <i>file path</i> is the only
1379 supported format for the location string which must point to either a
1380 VDI file or to a VMDK file. On success, an IHardDisk object will be
1381 returned that also implements the corresponding interface
1382 (IVirtualDiskImage or IVMDKImage, respectively). The
1383 <link to="IHardDisk::storageType"/> property may also be used to
1384 determine the storage type of the returned object (instead of trying
1385 to query one of these interfaces).
1386
1387 <note>
1388 The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or relative to
1389 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">VirtualBox home
1390 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
1391 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
1392 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
1393 </note>
1394
1395 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1396 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1397
1398 </desc>
1399
1400 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1401 <desc>
1402 Location of the resource that contains a valid hard disk.
1403 </desc>
1404 </param>
1405 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1406 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1407 </param>
1408 </method>
1409
1410 <method name="openVirtualDiskImage">
1411 <desc>
1412
1413 Opens a hard disk from an existing Virtual Disk Image file.
1414 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1415 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1416
1417 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> instead.
1418
1419 <note>Opening differencing images is not supported.</note>
1420
1421 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1422 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1423 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1424 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1425 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1426 file.</note>
1427
1428 </desc>
1429
1430 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1431 <desc>
1432 Name of the file that contains a valid Virtual Disk Image.
1433 </desc>
1434 </param>
1435 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1436 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1437 </param>
1438 </method>
1439
1440 <method name="registerHardDisk">
1441 <desc>
1442
1443 Registers the given hard disk within this VirtualBox
1444 installation. The hard disk must not be registered, must be
1445 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible"/> and must not be a
1446 differencing hard disk, otherwise the registration will fail.
1447
1448 </desc>
1449 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="in">
1450 <desc>Hard disk object to register.</desc>
1451 </param>
1452 </method>
1453
1454 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
1455 <desc>
1456 Returns the registered hard disk with the given UUID.
1457 </desc>
1458 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1459 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to look for.</desc>
1460 </param>
1461 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1462 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1463 </param>
1464 </method>
1465
1466 <method name="findHardDisk">
1467 <desc>
1468
1469 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given location to
1470 store data. The search is done by comparing the
1471 value of the @a location argument to the
1472 <link to="IHardDisk::location"/> attribute of each registered
1473 hard disk.
1474
1475 For locations repesented by file paths (such as VDI and VMDK
1476 images), the specified location can be either an absolute file
1477 path or a path relative to
1478 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
1479 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1480 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1481 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to construct
1482 the absolute image file name to search for. Note that on host
1483 systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case sensitive
1484 comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols in the
1485 file path is ignored.
1486
1487 </desc>
1488 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1489 <desc>Hard disk location specification to search for.</desc>
1490 </param>
1491 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1492 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1493 </param>
1494 </method>
1495
1496 <method name="findVirtualDiskImage">
1497 <desc>
1498
1499 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given image file.
1500
1501 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::findHardDisk()"/> instead.
1502
1503 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1504 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1505 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1506 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1507 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1508 file.</note>
1509
1510 <note>On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1511 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols
1512 in the file path is ignored.</note>
1513
1514 </desc>
1515 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1516 <desc>Virtual Disk Image file path to look for.</desc>
1517 </param>
1518 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1519 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1520 </param>
1521 </method>
1522
1523 <method name="unregisterHardDisk">
1524 <desc>
1525 Unregisters a hard disk previously registered using
1526 <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/>.
1527 <note>
1528 The specified hard disk must not be attached to any of
1529 the existing virtual machines and must not have children
1530 (differencing) hard disks.
1531 </note>
1532 </desc>
1533 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1534 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to unregister.</desc>
1535 </param>
1536 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1537 <desc>Unregistered hard disk object.</desc>
1538 </param>
1539 </method>
1540
1541 <method name="openDVDImage">
1542 <desc>
1543 Opens the CD/DVD image contained in the specified file of
1544 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1545 image remains unregistered
1546 until <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/> is called.
1547 </desc>
1548 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1549 <desc>
1550 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1551 CD/DVD image. Currently, only ISO images are supported.
1552 <note>
1553 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1554 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1555 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1556 </note>
1557 </desc>
1558 </param>
1559 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1560 <desc>
1561 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1562 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1563 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1564 </desc>
1565 </param>
1566 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1567 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1568 </param>
1569 </method>
1570
1571 <method name="registerDVDImage">
1572 <desc>
1573 Registers a CD/DVD image within this VirtualBox
1574 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1575 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1576 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1577 </desc>
1578 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="in">
1579 <desc>CD/DVD image object to register.</desc>
1580 </param>
1581 </method>
1582
1583 <method name="getDVDImage">
1584 <desc>
1585 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given UUID.
1586 </desc>
1587 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1588 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1589 </param>
1590 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1591 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1592 </param>
1593 </method>
1594
1595 <method name="findDVDImage">
1596 <desc>
1597 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given image file.
1598 <note>
1599 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1600 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1601 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1602 </note>
1603 </desc>
1604 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1605 <desc>CD/DVD image file path to look for.</desc>
1606 </param>
1607 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1608 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1609 </param>
1610 </method>
1611
1612 <method name="getDVDImageUsage">
1613 <desc>
1614 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1615 the given CD/DVD image.
1616 </desc>
1617 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1618 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1619 </param>
1620 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1621 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1622 </param>
1623 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1624 <desc>
1625 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1626 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1627 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1628 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1629 <note>
1630 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1631 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1632 will be present only once in the list.
1633 </note>
1634 </desc>
1635 </param>
1636 </method>
1637
1638 <method name="unregisterDVDImage">
1639 <desc>
1640 Unregisters the CD/DVD image previously registered using
1641 <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/>.
1642 <note>
1643 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1644 the existing virtual machines.
1645 </note>
1646 </desc>
1647 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1648 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image to unregister.</desc>
1649 </param>
1650 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1651 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1652 </param>
1653 </method>
1654
1655 <method name="openFloppyImage">
1656 <desc>
1657 Opens a floppy image contained in the specified file of
1658 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1659 image remains unregistered
1660 until <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/> is called.
1661 </desc>
1662 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1663 <desc>
1664 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1665 floppy image.
1666 <note>
1667 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1668 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1669 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1670 </note>
1671 </desc>
1672 </param>
1673 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1674 <desc>
1675 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1676 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1677 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1678 </desc>
1679 </param>
1680 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1681 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1682 </param>
1683 </method>
1684
1685 <method name="registerFloppyImage">
1686 <desc>
1687 Registers a floppy image within this VirtualBox
1688 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1689 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1690 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1691 </desc>
1692 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="in">
1693 <desc>Floppy image object to register.</desc>
1694 </param>
1695 </method>
1696
1697 <method name="getFloppyImage">
1698 <desc>
1699 Returns a registered floppy image with the given UUID.
1700 </desc>
1701 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1702 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1703 </param>
1704 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1705 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1706 </param>
1707 </method>
1708
1709 <method name="findFloppyImage">
1710 <desc>
1711 Returns a registered floppy image with the given image file.
1712 <note>
1713 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1714 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1715 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1716 </note>
1717 </desc>
1718 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1719 <desc>Floppy image file path to look for.</desc>
1720 </param>
1721 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1722 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1723 </param>
1724 </method>
1725
1726 <method name="getFloppyImageUsage">
1727 <desc>
1728 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1729 the given floppy image.
1730 </desc>
1731 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1732 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1733 </param>
1734 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1735 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1736 </param>
1737 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1738 <desc>
1739 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1740 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1741 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1742 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1743 <note>
1744 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1745 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1746 will be present only once in the list.
1747 </note>
1748 </desc>
1749 </param>
1750 </method>
1751
1752 <method name="unregisterFloppyImage">
1753 <desc>
1754 Unregisters the floppy image previously registered using
1755 <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/>.
1756 <note>
1757 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1758 the existing virtual machines.
1759 </note>
1760 </desc>
1761 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1762 <desc>UUID of the floppy image to unregister.</desc>
1763 </param>
1764 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1765 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1766 </param>
1767 </method>
1768
1769 <method name="getGuestOSType">
1770 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1771 <param name="type" type="IGuestOSType" dir="return"/>
1772 </method>
1773
1774 <method name="createSharedFolder">
1775 <desc>
1776 Creates a new global shared folder by associating the given logical
1777 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
1778 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
1779 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
1780 </desc>
1781 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1782 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
1783 </param>
1784 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1785 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
1786 </param>
1787 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
1788 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
1789 </param>
1790 </method>
1791
1792 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
1793 <desc>
1794 Removes the global shared folder with the given name previously
1795 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
1796 shared folders and stops sharing it.
1797 </desc>
1798 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1799 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
1800 </param>
1801 </method>
1802
1803 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
1804 <desc>
1805 Returns the global extra data key name following the supplied key.
1806
1807 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
1808 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
1809 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
1810 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
1811 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
1812 </desc>
1813 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1814 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
1815 </param>
1816 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
1817 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
1818 </param>
1819 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
1820 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
1821 </param>
1822 </method>
1823
1824 <method name="getExtraData">
1825 <desc>
1826 Returns associated global extra data.
1827
1828 If the requested data @a key does not exist, this function will
1829 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
1830 </desc>
1831 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1832 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
1833 </param>
1834 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
1835 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
1836 </param>
1837 </method>
1838
1839 <method name="setExtraData">
1840 <desc>
1841 Sets associated global extra data.
1842
1843 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a value, the given @a key will be
1844 deleted.
1845
1846 <note>
1847 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
1848 registered callbacks using the
1849 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
1850 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
1851 new value, the change will not be performed.
1852 </note>
1853 <note>
1854 On success, the
1855 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
1856 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
1857 change.
1858 </note>
1859 </desc>
1860 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1861 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
1862 </param>
1863 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
1864 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
1865 </param>
1866 </method>
1867
1868 <method name="openSession">
1869 <desc>
1870 Opens a new direct session with the given virtual machine.
1871
1872 Within the direct session context, it is possible to change
1873 all VM settings, as well as to execute the VM in the process
1874 space of the session object. There can be only one direct
1875 session open at a time for every virtual machine. In VirtualBox
1876 terminology, the machine becomes "mutable" after a session has
1877 been opened.
1878
1879 Upon successful return, the session object can be used to
1880 get access to the machine and to the VM console.
1881
1882 Note that the "mutable" machine object, on which you may want
1883 to invoke IMachine methods to change its settings, will be a
1884 different object from the immutable IMachine objects returned
1885 by various IVirtualBox methods. To obtain a mutable
1886 IMachine object, upon which you can invoke settings methods,
1887 use the "machine" attribute of the ISession object which represents
1888 your open session.
1889
1890 In other words, to change settings on a machine, the following
1891 sequence is typically performed:
1892
1893 <ol>
1894 <li>Call this method (openSession) to have a machine locked for
1895 the current session.</li>
1896
1897 <li>Obtain a mutable IMachine object from ISession::machine.</li>
1898
1899 <li>Change the settings of the machine.</li>
1900
1901 <li>Call IMachine::saveSettings.</li>
1902
1903 <li>Close the session by calling <link to="#close" />.</li>
1904 </ol>
1905 </desc>
1906 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1907 <desc>
1908 Session object that will represent the opened session after
1909 successful method invocation. This object must not represent
1910 the already open session.
1911 <note>
1912 This session will be automatically closed if the
1913 VirtualBox server is terminated for some reason.
1914 </note>
1915 </desc>
1916 </param>
1917 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1918 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1919 </param>
1920 </method>
1921
1922 <method name="openRemoteSession">
1923 <desc>
1924 Opens a new remote session with the given virtual machine.
1925
1926 Opening a remote session causes the VirtualBox server to start a new
1927 process that opens a direct session with the given VM. The remote
1928 session provides some level of control over the VM execution to the
1929 caller (using the IConsole interface); however, within the remote
1930 session context, not all VM settings are available for modification.
1931
1932 This operation can take some time (a new VM is started in a new process,
1933 for which memory and other resources need to be set up, which can take
1934 a few seconds). Because of this, a progress object is returned to allow the
1935 caller to wait for this asynchronous operation to be completed. Until then,
1936 the remote session object remains in the closed state and accessing the
1937 machine or its console through it is invalid. It is recommended to use
1938 <link to="IProgress::waitForCompletion" /> or similar calls to wait for
1939 completion.
1940
1941 Currently supported session types (values of the @a type
1942 argument) are:
1943 <ul>
1944 <li><tt>gui</tt>: VirtualBox Qt GUI session</li>
1945 <li><tt>vrdp</tt>: VirtualBox VRDP Server session</li>
1946 </ul>
1947
1948 The @a environment argument is a string containing definitions of
1949 environment variables in the following format:
1950 @code
1951 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1952 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1953 ...
1954 @endcode
1955 where <tt>\\n</tt> is the new line character. These environment
1956 variables will be appended to the environment of the VirtualBox server
1957 process. If an environment variable exists both in the server process
1958 and in this list, the value from this list takes precedence over the
1959 server's variable. If the value of the environment variable is
1960 omitted, this variable will be removed from the resulting environment.
1961 If the environment string is @c null, the server environment is
1962 inherited by the started process as is.
1963
1964 <note>
1965 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine
1966 that already has an open direct session or waits until the
1967 previous request to open the remote session is completed
1968 (see <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>).
1969 </note>
1970
1971 <note>
1972 The opened @a session will be automatically closed when
1973 the corresponding direct session dies or gets closed.
1974 </note>
1975
1976 <see>openExistingSession</see>
1977 </desc>
1978 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1979 <desc>
1980 Session object that will represent the opened remote session
1981 after successful method invocation (this object must not
1982 represent an already open session).
1983 </desc>
1984 </param>
1985 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1986 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1987 </param>
1988 <param name="type" type="wstring" dir="in">
1989 <desc>
1990 Type of the remote session (case sensitive).
1991 </desc>
1992 </param>
1993 <param name="environment" type="wstring" dir="in">
1994 <desc>
1995 Environment to pass to the opened session (may be @c null).
1996 </desc>
1997 </param>
1998 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
1999 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2000 </param>
2001 </method>
2002
2003 <method name="openExistingSession">
2004 <desc>
2005 Opens a new remote session with the virtual machine for
2006 which a direct session is already open.
2007
2008 The remote session provides some level of control over the VM
2009 execution (using the IConsole interface) to the caller; however,
2010 within the remote session context, not all VM settings are available
2011 for modification.
2012
2013 As opposed to <link to="#openRemoteSession()"/>, the number of
2014 remote sessions opened this way is not limited by the API
2015
2016 <note>
2017 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine that
2018 doesn't have an open direct session.
2019 </note>
2020
2021 <see>openRemoteSession</see>
2022 </desc>
2023 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
2024 <desc>
2025 Session object that will represent the open remote session
2026 after successful method invocation. This object must not
2027 represent an already open session.
2028 <note>
2029 This session will be automatically closed when the peer
2030 (direct) session dies or gets closed.
2031 </note>
2032 </desc>
2033 </param>
2034 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
2035 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
2036 </param>
2037 </method>
2038
2039 <method name="registerCallback">
2040 <desc>
2041 Registers a new global VirtualBox callback. The methods of the given
2042 callback object will be called by VirtualBox when an appropriate
2043 event occurs.
2044 </desc>
2045 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
2046 <desc>Callback object to register.</desc>
2047 </param>
2048 </method>
2049
2050 <method name="unregisterCallback">
2051 <desc>
2052 Unregisters the previously registered global VirtualBox callback.
2053 </desc>
2054 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
2055 <desc>Callback object to unregister.</desc>
2056 </param>
2057 </method>
2058
2059 <method name="waitForPropertyChange">
2060 <desc>
2061 Blocks the caller until any of the properties represented by the @a
2062 what argument changes the value or until the given timeout interval
2063 expires.
2064
2065 The @a what argument is a comma separated list of propertiy masks that
2066 describe properties the caller is interested in. The property mask is
2067 a string in the following format:
2068
2069 @code
2070 [[group.]subgroup.]name
2071 @endcode
2072
2073 where @c name is the property name and @c group, @c subgroup are zero
2074 or or more property group specifiers. Each element (group or name) in
2075 the property mask may be either a latin string or an asterisk symbol
2076 (@c "*") which is used to match any string for the given element. A
2077 property mask that doesn't contain asterisk symbols represents a
2078 single fully qualified property name.
2079
2080 Groups in the fully qualified property name go from more generic (the
2081 left-most part) to more specific (the right-most part). The first
2082 element is usually a name of the object the property belongs to. The
2083 second element may be either a property name, or a child object name,
2084 or an index if the preceeding element names an object which is one of
2085 many objects of the same type. This way, property names form a
2086 hierarchy of properties. Here are some examples of property names:
2087
2088 <table>
2089 <tr>
2090 <td><tt>VirtualBox.version</tt></td>
2091 <td><link to="IVirtualBox::version"/> property</td>
2092 </tr>
2093 <tr>
2094 <td><tt>Machine.&lt;UUID&gt;.name</tt></td>
2095 <td><link to="IMachine::name"/> property of the machine with the
2096 given UUID</td>
2097 </tr>
2098 </table>
2099
2100 Most property names directly correspond to the properties of objects
2101 (components) provided by the VirtualBox library and may be used to
2102 track changes to these properties. However, there may be
2103 pseudo-property names that don't correspond to any existing object's
2104 property directly, as well as there may be object properties that
2105 don't have a corresponding property name that is understood by this
2106 method, and therefore changes to such properties cannot be
2107 tracked. See individual object's property descrcriptions to get a
2108 fully qualified property name that can be used with this method (if
2109 any).
2110
2111 There is a special property mask @c "*" (i.e. a string consisting of a
2112 single asterisk symbol) that can be used to match all properties.
2113 Below are more examples of property masks:
2114
2115 <table>
2116 <tr>
2117 <td><tt>VirtualBox.*</tt></td>
2118 <td>Track all properties of the VirtualBox object</td>
2119 </tr>
2120 <tr>
2121 <td><tt>Machine.*.name</tt></td>
2122 <td>Track changes to the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property of
2123 all registered virtual machines</td>
2124 </tr>
2125 </table>
2126
2127 </desc>
2128 <param name="what" type="wstring" dir="in">
2129 <desc>Comma separated list of property masks.</desc>
2130 </param>
2131 <param name="timeout" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2132 <desc>
2133 Wait timeout in milliseconds.
2134 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
2135 </desc>
2136 </param>
2137 <param name="changed" type="wstring" dir="out">
2138 <desc>
2139 Comma separated list of properties that have been changed and caused
2140 this method to return to the caller.
2141 </desc>
2142 </param>
2143 <param name="values" type="wstring" dir="out">
2144 <desc>Reserved, not currently used.</desc>
2145 </param>
2146 </method>
2147
2148 <method name="saveSettings">
2149 <desc>
2150 Saves the global settings to the global settings file
2151 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2152
2153 This method is only useful for explicitly saving the global settings
2154 file after it has been auto-converted from the old format to the most
2155 recent format (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for details).
2156 Normally, the global settings file is implicitly saved when a global
2157 setting is changed.
2158 </desc>
2159 </method>
2160
2161 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
2162 <desc>
2163 Creates a backup copy of the global settings file
2164 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then
2165 calls <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
2166
2167 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
2168 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
2169 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
2170 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
2171
2172 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
2173 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
2174 <pre>
2175 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
2176 </pre>
2177 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
2178 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
2179 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
2180
2181 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
2182 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
2183 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
2184 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
2185 failure.
2186
2187 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
2188 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
2189 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
2190 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
2191 copy operation, fails.
2192
2193 <note>
2194 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
2195 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
2196 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
2197 settings conversion to disk.
2198 </note>
2199
2200 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
2201 </desc>
2202 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
2203 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
2204 </param>
2205 </method>
2206
2207 </interface>
2208
2209 <!--
2210 // IMachine
2211 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2212 -->
2213
2214 <enumerator
2215 name="IMachineEnumerator" type="IMachine"
2216 uuid="1b554149-be0a-4465-9252-9ff8f420af55"
2217 />
2218
2219 <collection
2220 name="IMachineCollection" type="IMachine" enumerator="IMachineEnumerator"
2221 uuid="FD443EC1-3007-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
2222 readonly="yes"
2223 />
2224
2225 <interface
2226 name="IInternalMachineControl" extends="$unknown"
2227 uuid="1063893c-4c38-4304-aee9-73e072c181cc"
2228 internal="yes"
2229 wsmap="suppress"
2230 >
2231 <method name="updateState">
2232 <desc>
2233 Updates the VM state.
2234 <note>
2235 This operation will also update the settings file with
2236 the correct information about the saved state file
2237 and delete this file from disk when appropriate.
2238 </note>
2239 </desc>
2240 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
2241 </method>
2242
2243 <method name="getIPCId">
2244 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
2245 </method>
2246
2247 <method name="runUSBDeviceFilters">
2248 <desc>
2249 Asks the server to run USB devices filters of the associated
2250 machine against the given USB device and tell if there is
2251 a match.
2252 <note>
2253 Intended to be used only for remote USB devices. Local
2254 ones don't require to call this method (this is done
2255 implicitly by the Host and USBProxyService).
2256 </note>
2257 </desc>
2258 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
2259 <param name="matched" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
2260 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="out"/>
2261 </method>
2262
2263 <method name="captureUSBDevice">
2264 <desc>
2265 Requests a capture of the given host USB device.
2266 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2267 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2268 notification.
2269 </desc>
2270 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2271 </method>
2272
2273 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
2274 <desc>
2275 Notification that a VM is going to detach (done = false) or has
2276 already detached (done = true) the given USB device.
2277 When the done = true request is completed, the VM process will
2278 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceDetach"/>
2279 notification.
2280 <note>
2281 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2282 and filters of all VMs but this one on the detached device
2283 as if it were just attached to the host computer.
2284 </note>
2285 </desc>
2286 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2287 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2288 </method>
2289
2290 <method name="autoCaptureUSBDevices">
2291 <desc>
2292 Requests a capture all matching USB devices attached to the host.
2293 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2294 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2295 notification per every captured device.
2296 </desc>
2297 </method>
2298
2299 <method name="detachAllUSBDevices">
2300 <desc>
2301 Notification that a VM that is being powered down. The done
2302 parameter indicates whether which stage of the power down
2303 we're at. When done = false the VM is announcing its
2304 intentions, while when done = true the VM is reporting
2305 what it has done.
2306 <note>
2307 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2308 and filters of all VMs but this one on all detach devices as
2309 if they were just attached to the host computer.
2310 </note>
2311 </desc>
2312 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2313 </method>
2314
2315 <method name="onSessionEnd">
2316 <desc>
2317 Triggered by the given session object when the session is about
2318 to close normally.
2319 </desc>
2320 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
2321 <desc>Session that is being closed</desc>
2322 </param>
2323 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2324 <desc>
2325 Used to wait until the corresponding machine is actually
2326 deassociated from the given session on the server.
2327 Returned only when this session is a direct one.
2328 </desc>
2329 </param>
2330 </method>
2331
2332 <method name="beginSavingState">
2333 <desc>
2334 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2335 save the current state and stop the VM execution.
2336 </desc>
2337 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2338 <desc>
2339 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2340 the state is saved.
2341 </desc>
2342 </param>
2343 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2344 <desc>
2345 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2346 </desc>
2347 </param>
2348 </method>
2349
2350 <method name="endSavingState">
2351 <desc>
2352 Called by the VM process to inform the server that saving
2353 the state previously requested by #beginSavingState is either
2354 successfully finished or there was a failure.
2355 </desc>
2356
2357 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2358 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2359 </param>
2360 </method>
2361
2362 <method name="adoptSavedState">
2363 <desc>
2364 Gets called by IConsole::adoptSavedState.
2365 </desc>
2366 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
2367 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
2368 </param>
2369 </method>
2370
2371 <method name="beginTakingSnapshot">
2372 <desc>
2373 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2374 take a snapshot.
2375 </desc>
2376 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2377 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2378 </param>
2379 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
2380 <desc>Snapshot name</desc>
2381 </param>
2382 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
2383 <desc>Snapshot description</desc>
2384 </param>
2385 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2386 <desc>
2387 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2388 the state is saved (only for online snapshots).
2389 </desc>
2390 </param>
2391 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2392 <desc>
2393 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2394 </desc>
2395 </param>
2396 <param name="serverProgress" type="IProgress" dir="out">
2397 <desc>
2398 Progress object created by the server process to wait until
2399 the snapshot is taken (VDI diff creation, etc.).
2400 </desc>
2401 </param>
2402 </method>
2403
2404 <method name="endTakingSnapshot">
2405 <desc>
2406 Called by the VM process to inform the server that the snapshot
2407 previously requested by #beginTakingSnapshot is either
2408 successfully taken or there was a failure.
2409 </desc>
2410
2411 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2412 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2413 </param>
2414 </method>
2415
2416 <method name="discardSnapshot">
2417 <desc>
2418 Gets called by IConsole::discardSnapshot.
2419 </desc>
2420 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2421 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2422 </param>
2423 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
2424 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
2425 </param>
2426 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2427 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2428 </param>
2429 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2430 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2431 </param>
2432 </method>
2433
2434 <method name="discardCurrentState">
2435 <desc>
2436 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentState.
2437 </desc>
2438 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2439 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2440 </param>
2441 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2442 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2443 </param>
2444 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2445 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2446 </param>
2447 </method>
2448
2449 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
2450 <desc>
2451 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState.
2452 </desc>
2453 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2454 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2455 </param>
2456 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2457 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2458 </param>
2459 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2460 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2461 </param>
2462 </method>
2463
2464 </interface>
2465
2466 <interface
2467 name="IBIOSSettings" extends="$unknown"
2468 uuid="38b54279-dc35-4f5e-a431-835b867c6b5e"
2469 wsmap="struct"
2470 >
2471 <desc>
2472 The IBIOSSettings interface represents BIOS settings of the virtual
2473 machine. This is used only in the <link to="IMachine::BIOSSettings" /> attribute.
2474
2475 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
2476 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
2477 but a complete structure.</note>
2478 </desc>
2479 <attribute name="logoFadeIn" type="boolean">
2480 <desc>Fade in flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2481 </attribute>
2482
2483 <attribute name="logoFadeOut" type="boolean">
2484 <desc>Fade out flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2485 </attribute>
2486
2487 <attribute name="logoDisplayTime" type="unsigned long">
2488 <desc>BIOS logo display time in milliseconds (0 = default).</desc>
2489 </attribute>
2490
2491 <attribute name="logoImagePath" type="wstring">
2492 <desc>Local file system path for external BIOS image.</desc>
2493 </attribute>
2494
2495 <attribute name="bootMenuMode" type="BIOSBootMenuMode">
2496 <desc>Mode of the BIOS boot device menu.</desc>
2497 </attribute>
2498
2499 <attribute name="ACPIEnabled" type="boolean">
2500 <desc>ACPI support flag.</desc>
2501 </attribute>
2502
2503 <attribute name="IOAPICEnabled" type="boolean">
2504 <desc>
2505 IO APIC support flag. If set, VirtualBox will provide an IO APIC
2506 and support IRQs above 15.
2507 </desc>
2508 </attribute>
2509
2510 <attribute name="timeOffset" type="long long">
2511 <desc>
2512 Offset in milliseconds from the host system time. This allows for
2513 guests running with a different system date/time than the host.
2514 It is equivalent to setting the system date/time in the BIOS other
2515 than it's not an absolute value but a relative one. Guest Additions
2516 time synchronization also honors this offset.
2517 </desc>
2518 </attribute>
2519
2520 <attribute name="PXEDebugEnabled" type="boolean">
2521 <desc>
2522 PXE debug logging flag. If set, VirtualBox will write extensive
2523 PXE trace information to the release log.
2524 </desc>
2525 </attribute>
2526
2527 <attribute name="IDEControllerType" type="IDEControllerType">
2528 <desc>
2529 Type of the virtual IDE controller. Depending on this value,
2530 VirtualBox will provide different virtual IDE hardware
2531 devices to the guest.
2532 </desc>
2533 </attribute>
2534
2535 </interface>
2536
2537 <interface
2538 name="IMachine" extends="$unknown"
2539 uuid="1e509de4-d96c-4f44-8b94-860194f710ac"
2540 wsmap="managed"
2541 >
2542 <desc>
2543 The IMachine interface represents a virtual machine, or guest, created
2544 in VirtualBox.
2545
2546 This interface is used in two contexts. First of all, a collection of
2547 objects implementing this interface is stored in the
2548 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute which lists all the virtual
2549 machines that are currently registered with this VirtualBox
2550 installation. Also, once a session has been opened for the given virtual
2551 machine (e.g. the virtual machine is running), the machine object
2552 associated with the open session can be queried from the session object;
2553 see <link to="ISession"/> for details.
2554
2555 The main role of this interface is to expose the settings of the virtual
2556 machine and provide methods to change various aspects of the virtual
2557 machine's configuration. For machine objects stored in the
2558 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> collection, all attributes are
2559 read-only unless explicitely stated otherwise in individual attribute
2560 and method descriptions. In order to change a machine setting, a session
2561 for this machine must be opened using one of
2562 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
2563 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
2564 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods. After the
2565 session has been successfully opened, a mutable machine object needs to
2566 be queried from the session object and then the desired settings changes
2567 can be applied to the returned object using IMachine attributes and
2568 methods. See the ISession interface description for more information
2569 about sessions.
2570
2571 Note that the IMachine interface does not provide methods to control
2572 virtual machine execution (such as start the machine, or power it
2573 down) -- these methods are grouped in a separate IConsole
2574 interface. Refer to the IConsole interface description to get more
2575 information about this topic.
2576
2577 <see>ISession, IConsole</see>
2578 </desc>
2579
2580 <attribute name="parent" type="IVirtualBox" readonly="yes">
2581 <desc>Associated parent obect.</desc>
2582 </attribute>
2583
2584 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2585 <desc>
2586 Whether this virtual machine is currently accessible or not.
2587
2588 The machine is considered to be inaccessible when:
2589 <ul>
2590 <li>It is a registered virtual machine, and
2591 </li>
2592 <li>Its settings file is inaccessible (for example, it is
2593 located on a network share that is not accessible during
2594 VirtualBox startup, or becomes inaccessible later, or if
2595 the settings file can be read but is invalid).
2596 </li>
2597 </ul>
2598
2599 Otherwise, the value of this property is always <tt>true</tt>.
2600
2601 Every time this property is read, the accessibility state of
2602 this machine is re-evaluated. If the returned value is |false|,
2603 the <link to="#accessError"/> property may be used to get the
2604 detailed error information describing the reason of
2605 inaccessibility.
2606
2607 When the machine is inaccessible, only the following properties
2608 can be used on it:
2609 <ul>
2610 <li><link to="#parent"/></li>
2611 <li><link to="#id"/></li>
2612 <li><link to="#settingsFilePath"/></li>
2613 <li><link to="#accessible"/></li>
2614 <li><link to="#accessError"/></li>
2615 </ul>
2616
2617 An attempt to access any other property or method will return
2618 an error.
2619
2620 The only possible action you can perform on an inaccessible
2621 machine is to unregister it using the
2622 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/> call (or, to check
2623 for the accessibility state once more by querying this
2624 property).
2625
2626 <note>
2627 In the current implementation, once this property returns
2628 <tt>true</tt>, the machine will never become inaccessible
2629 later, even if its settings file cannot be successfully
2630 read/written any more (at least, until the VirtualBox
2631 server is restarted). This limitation may be removed in
2632 future releases.
2633 </note>
2634 </desc>
2635 </attribute>
2636
2637 <attribute name="accessError" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
2638 <desc>
2639 Error information describing the reason of machine
2640 inaccessibility.
2641
2642 Reading this property is only valid after the last call to
2643 <link to="#accessible"/> returned <tt>false</tt> (i.e. the
2644 machine is currently unaccessible). Otherwise, a null
2645 IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object will be returned.
2646 </desc>
2647 </attribute>
2648
2649 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
2650 <desc>
2651 Name of the virtual machine.
2652
2653 Besides being used for human-readable identification purposes
2654 everywhere in VirtualBox, the virtual machine name is also used
2655 as a name of the machine's settings file and as a name of the
2656 subdirectory this settings file resides in. Thus, every time you
2657 change the value of this property, the settings file will be
2658 renamed once you call <link to="#saveSettings()"/> to confirm the
2659 change. The containing subdirectory will be also renamed, but
2660 only if it has exactly the same name as the settings file
2661 itself prior to changing this property (for backward compatibility
2662 with previous API releases). The above implies the following
2663 limitations:
2664 <ul>
2665 <li>The machine name cannot be empty.</li>
2666 <li>The machine name can contain only characters that are valid
2667 file name characters according to the rules of the file
2668 system used to store VirtualBox configuration.</li>
2669 <li>You cannot have two or more machines with the same name
2670 if they use the same subdirectory for storing the machine
2671 settings files.</li>
2672 <li>You cannot change the name of the machine if it is running,
2673 or if any file in the directory containing the settings file
2674 is being used by another running machine or by any other
2675 process in the host operating system at a time when
2676 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called.
2677 </li>
2678 </ul>
2679 If any of the above limitations are hit, <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2680 will return an appropriate error message explaining the exact
2681 reason and the changes you made to this machine will not be
2682 saved.
2683 <note>
2684 For "legacy" machines created using the
2685 <link to="IVirtualBox::createLegacyMachine()"/> call,
2686 the above naming limitations do not apply because the
2687 machine name does not affect the settings file name.
2688 The settings file name remains the same as it was specified
2689 during machine creation and never changes.
2690 </note>
2691 </desc>
2692 </attribute>
2693
2694 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
2695 <desc>
2696 Description of the virtual machine.
2697
2698 The description attribute can contain any text and is
2699 typically used to describe the hardware and software
2700 configuration of the virtual machine in detail (i.e. network
2701 settings, versions of the installed software and so on).
2702 </desc>
2703 </attribute>
2704
2705 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
2706 <desc>UUID of the virtual machine.</desc>
2707 </attribute>
2708
2709 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring">
2710 <desc>
2711 User-defined identifier of the Guest OS type.
2712 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
2713 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
2714 Guest OS type.
2715 <note>
2716 This value may differ from the value returned by
2717 <link to="IGuest::OSTypeId"/> if Guest Additions are
2718 installed to the guest OS.
2719 </note>
2720 </desc>
2721 </attribute>
2722
2723 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long">
2724 <desc>System memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2725 </attribute>
2726
2727 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
2728 <desc>Initial memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
2729 </attribute>
2730
2731 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
2732 <desc>Initial interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
2733 </attribute>
2734
2735 <attribute name="VRAMSize" type="unsigned long">
2736 <desc>Video memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2737 </attribute>
2738
2739 <attribute name="MonitorCount" type="unsigned long">
2740 <desc>
2741 Number of virtual monitors.
2742 <note>
2743 Only effective on Windows XP and later guests with
2744 Guest Additions installed.
2745 </note>
2746 </desc>
2747 </attribute>
2748
2749 <attribute name="BIOSSettings" type="IBIOSSettings" readonly="yes">
2750 <desc>Object containing all BIOS settings.</desc>
2751 </attribute>
2752
2753 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="TSBool">
2754 <desc>
2755 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will try to make use of
2756 the host CPU's hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x
2757 and AMD-V. Note that in case such extensions are not available,
2758 they will not be used.
2759 </desc>
2760 </attribute>
2761
2762 <attribute name="HWVirtExNestedPagingEnabled" type="boolean" default="true">
2763 <desc>
2764 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will try to make use of
2765 the nested paging extension of Intel VT-x and AMD-V. Note that in case
2766 such extensions are not available, they will not be used.
2767 </desc>
2768 </attribute>
2769
2770 <attribute name="PAEEnabled" type="boolean" default="false">
2771 <desc>
2772 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will expose the Physical Address
2773 Extension (PAE) feature of the host CPU to the guest. Note that in case PAE
2774 is not available, it will not be reported.
2775 </desc>
2776 </attribute>
2777
2778 <attribute name="snapshotFolder" type="wstring">
2779 <desc>
2780 Full path to the directory used to store snapshot data
2781 (difrerencing hard disks and saved state files) of this machine.
2782
2783 The initial value of this property is
2784 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="#settingsFilePath">
2785 path_to_settings_file</link><tt>&gt;/&lt;</tt>
2786 <link to="#id">machine_uuid</link>
2787 <tt>&gt;</tt>.
2788
2789 Currently, it is an error to try to change this property on
2790 a machine that has snapshots (because this would require to
2791 move possibly large files to a different location).
2792 A separate method will be available for this purpose later.
2793
2794 <note>
2795 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
2796 initial value.
2797 </note>
2798 <note>
2799 When setting this property, the specified path can be
2800 absolute (full path) or relative to the directory where the
2801 <link to="#settingsFilePath">machine settings file</link>
2802 is located. When reading this property, a full path is
2803 always returned.
2804 </note>
2805 <note>
2806 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
2807 when necessary.
2808 </note>
2809 </desc>
2810 </attribute>
2811
2812 <attribute name="VRDPServer" type="IVRDPServer" readonly="yes">
2813 <desc>VRDP server object.</desc>
2814 </attribute>
2815
2816 <attribute name="hardDiskAttachments" type="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" readonly="yes">
2817 <desc>Collection of hard disks attached to the machine.</desc>
2818 </attribute>
2819
2820 <attribute name="DVDDrive" type="IDVDDrive" readonly="yes">
2821 <desc>Associated DVD drive object.</desc>
2822 </attribute>
2823
2824 <attribute name="FloppyDrive" type="IFloppyDrive" readonly="yes">
2825 <desc>Associated floppy drive object.</desc>
2826 </attribute>
2827
2828 <attribute name="USBController" type="IUSBController" readonly="yes">
2829 <desc>
2830 Associated USB controller object.
2831
2832 <note>
2833 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
2834 </note>
2835 <note>
2836 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
2837 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
2838 </note>
2839 </desc>
2840 </attribute>
2841
2842 <attribute name="audioAdapter" type="IAudioAdapter" readonly="yes">
2843 <desc>Associated audio adapter, always present.</desc>
2844 </attribute>
2845
2846 <attribute name="SATAController" type="ISATAController" readonly="yes">
2847 <desc>
2848 Associated SATA controller object.
2849 </desc>
2850 </attribute>
2851
2852 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2853 <desc>
2854 Full name of the file containing machine settings data.
2855 </desc>
2856 </attribute>
2857
2858 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2859 <desc>
2860 Current version of the format of the settings file of this machine
2861 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2862
2863 The version string has the following format:
2864 <pre>
2865 x.y-platform
2866 </pre>
2867 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
2868 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
2869
2870 The current version usually matches the value of the
2871 <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
2872 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
2873 was a change of the settings file format since then.
2874
2875 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
2876 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
2877 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
2878 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
2879 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2880 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
2881 value of <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
2882 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
2883 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
2884
2885 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
2886 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
2887 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
2888 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
2889 etc.
2890
2891 <see>IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
2892 </desc>
2893 </attribute>
2894
2895 <attribute name="settingsModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2896 <desc>
2897 Whether the settings of this machine have been modified
2898 (but neither yet saved nor discarded).
2899 <note>
2900 Reading this property is only valid on instances returned
2901 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2902 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or opened
2903 by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2904 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2905 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>. For all other
2906 cases, the settigs can never be modified.
2907 </note>
2908 <note>
2909 For newly created unregistered machines, the value of this
2910 property is always TRUE until <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2911 is called (no matter if any machine settings have been
2912 changed after the creation or not). For opened machines
2913 the value is set to FALSE (and then follows to normal rules).
2914 </note>
2915 </desc>
2916 </attribute>
2917
2918 <attribute name="sessionState" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
2919 <desc>Current session state for this machine.</desc>
2920 </attribute>
2921
2922 <attribute name="sessionType" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2923 <desc>
2924 Type of the session. If <link to="#sessionState"/> is
2925 SessionSpawning or SessionOpen, this attribute contains the
2926 same value as passed to the
2927 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/> method in the @a
2928 type parameter. If the session was opened directly using
2929 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>, or if
2930 <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionClosed, the value of this
2931 attribute is @c null.
2932 </desc>
2933 </attribute>
2934
2935 <attribute name="sessionPid" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2936 <desc>
2937 Identifier of the session process. This attribute contains the
2938 platform-dependent identifier of the process that has opened a
2939 direct session for this machine using the
2940 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> call. The returned value
2941 is only valid if <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionOpen or
2942 SessionClosing (i.e. a session is currently open or being
2943 closed) by the time this property is read.
2944 </desc>
2945 </attribute>
2946
2947 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
2948 <desc>Current execution state of this machine.</desc>
2949 </attribute>
2950
2951 <attribute name="lastStateChange" type="long long" readonly="yes">
2952 <desc>
2953 Time stamp of the last execution state change,
2954 in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
2955 </desc>
2956 </attribute>
2957
2958 <attribute name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2959 <desc>
2960 Full path to the file that stores the execution state of
2961 the machine when it is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/>
2962 state.
2963 <note>
2964 When the machine is not in the Saved state, this attribute
2965 <tt>null</tt>.
2966 </note>
2967 </desc>
2968 </attribute>
2969
2970 <attribute name="logFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2971 <desc>
2972 Full path to the folder that stores a set of rotated log files
2973 recorded during machine execution. The most recent log file is
2974 named <tt>VBox.log</tt>, the previous log file is
2975 named <tt>VBox.log.1</tt> and so on (upto <tt>VBox.log.3</tt>
2976 in the current version).
2977 </desc>
2978 </attribute>
2979
2980 <attribute name="currentSnapshot" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
2981 <desc>
2982 Current snapshot of this machine.
2983 <note>
2984 A <tt>null</tt> object is returned if the machine doesn't
2985 have snapshots.
2986 </note>
2987 <see><link to="ISnapshot"/></see>
2988 </desc>
2989 </attribute>
2990
2991 <attribute name="snapshotCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2992 <desc>
2993 Number of snapshots taken on this machine. Zero means the
2994 machine doesn't have any snapshots.
2995 </desc>
2996 </attribute>
2997
2998 <attribute name="currentStateModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2999 <desc>
3000 Returns <tt>true</tt> if the current state of the machine is not
3001 identical to the state stored in the current snapshot.
3002
3003 The current state is identical to the current snapshot right
3004 after one of the following calls are made:
3005 <ul>
3006 <li><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/> or
3007 <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState"/>
3008 </li>
3009 <li><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/> (issued on a
3010 powered off or saved machine, for which
3011 <link to="#settingsModified"/> returns <tt>false</tt>)
3012 </li>
3013 <li><link to="IMachine::setCurrentSnapshot"/>
3014 </li>
3015 </ul>
3016
3017 The current state remains identical until one of the following
3018 happens:
3019 <ul>
3020 <li>settings of the machine are changed</li>
3021 <li>the saved state is discarded</li>
3022 <li>the current snapshot is discarded</li>
3023 <li>an attempt to execute the machine is made</li>
3024 </ul>
3025
3026 <note>
3027 For machines that don't have snapshots, this property is
3028 always <tt>false</tt>.
3029 </note>
3030 </desc>
3031 </attribute>
3032
3033 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
3034 <desc>
3035 Collection of shared folders for this machine (permanent shared
3036 folders). These folders are shared automatically at machine startup
3037 and available only to the guest OS installed within this machine.
3038
3039 New shared folders are added to the collection using
3040 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
3041 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
3042 </desc>
3043 </attribute>
3044
3045 <attribute name="clipboardMode" type="ClipboardMode">
3046 <desc>
3047 Synchronization mode between the host OS clipboard
3048 and the guest OS clipboard.
3049 </desc>
3050 </attribute>
3051
3052 <method name="setBootOrder">
3053 <desc>
3054 Puts the given device to the specified position in
3055 the boot order.
3056
3057 To indicate that no device is associated with the given position,
3058 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> should be used.
3059
3060 @todo setHardDiskBootOrder(), setNetworkBootOrder()
3061 </desc>
3062 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3063 <desc>
3064 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
3065 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
3066 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
3067 </desc>
3068 </param>
3069 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
3070 <desc>
3071 The type of the device used to boot at the given position.
3072 </desc>
3073 </param>
3074 </method>
3075
3076 <method name="getBootOrder" const="yes">
3077 <desc>
3078 Returns the device type that occupies the specified
3079 position in the boot order.
3080
3081 @todo [remove?]
3082 If the machine can have more than one device of the returned type
3083 (such as hard disks), then a separate method should be used to
3084 retrieve the individual device that occupies the given position.
3085
3086 If here are no devices at the given position, then
3087 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> is returned.
3088
3089 @todo getHardDiskBootOrder(), getNetworkBootOrder()
3090 </desc>
3091 <param name="order" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3092 <desc>
3093 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
3094 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
3095 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
3096 </desc>
3097 </param>
3098 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="return">
3099 <desc>
3100 Device at the given position.
3101 </desc>
3102 </param>
3103 </method>
3104
3105 <method name="attachHardDisk">
3106 <desc>
3107
3108 Attaches a virtual hard disk identified by the given UUID to the
3109 given device slot of the given channel on the given bus. The
3110 specified device slot must not have another disk attached and the
3111 given hard disk must not be already attached to this machine.
3112
3113 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3114 attaching hard disks.
3115
3116 <note>You cannot attach a hard disk to a running machine. Also,
3117 you cannot attach a hard disk to a newly created machine until
3118 it is registered.</note>
3119
3120 <note>Attaching a hard disk to a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3121 attachment. In particular, no differeincing images are
3122 actually created until <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to
3123 commit all changed settings.</note>
3124
3125 </desc>
3126 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3127 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to attach.</desc>
3128 </param>
3129 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3130 <desc>Type of storage bus to use (IDE or SATA).</desc>
3131 </param>
3132 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3133 <desc>Channel to attach the hard disk to. For IDE controllers,
3134 this can either be 0 or 1, for the primary or secondary controller,
3135 respectively.</desc>
3136 </param>
3137 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3138 <desc>Device slot in the given channel to attach the hard disk to.
3139 For IDE devices, within each channel (0 or 1), this can again be
3140 0 or 1, for master or slave, respectively.</desc>
3141 </param>
3142 </method>
3143
3144 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
3145 <desc>
3146 Returns the hard disk attached to the
3147 given controller under the specified device number.
3148 </desc>
3149 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in"/>
3150 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in"/>
3151 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in"/>
3152 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return"/>
3153 </method>
3154
3155 <method name="detachHardDisk">
3156 <desc>
3157
3158 Detaches the hard disk drive attached to the given device slot
3159 of the given controller.
3160
3161 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3162 attaching hard disks.
3163
3164 <note>You cannot detach a hard disk from a running
3165 machine.</note>
3166
3167 <note>
3168 Detaching a hard disk from a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3169 detachment. In particular, if the detached hard disk is a
3170 differencing hard disk, it is not actually deleted until
3171 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to commit all changed settings.
3172 Keep in mind, that doing <link to="#saveSettings()"/> will
3173 <b>physically delete</b> all detached differencing hard disks,
3174 so be careful.
3175 </note>
3176
3177 </desc>
3178 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3179 <desc>Bus to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3180 </param>
3181 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3182 <desc>Channel number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3183 </param>
3184 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3185 <desc>Device slot number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3186 </param>
3187 </method>
3188
3189 <method name="getNetworkAdapter" const="yes">
3190 <desc>
3191 Returns the network adapter associated with the given slot.
3192 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3193 number of adapters per every machine is defined by the
3194 <link to="ISystemProperties::networkAdapterCount"/> property,
3195 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3196 </desc>
3197 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3198 <param name="adapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="return"/>
3199 </method>
3200
3201 <method name="getSerialPort" const="yes">
3202 <desc>
3203 Returns the serial port associated with the given slot.
3204 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3205 number of serial ports per every machine is defined by the
3206 <link to="ISystemProperties::serialPortCount"/> property,
3207 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3208 </desc>
3209 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3210 <param name="port" type="ISerialPort" dir="return"/>
3211 </method>
3212
3213 <method name="getParallelPort" const="yes">
3214 <desc>
3215 Returns the parallel port associated with the given slot.
3216 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3217 number of parallel ports per every machine is defined by the
3218 <link to="ISystemProperties::parallelPortCount"/> property,
3219 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3220 </desc>
3221 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3222 <param name="port" type="IParallelPort" dir="return"/>
3223 </method>
3224
3225 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
3226 <desc>
3227 Returns the machine-specific extra data key name following the
3228 supplied key.
3229
3230 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
3231 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
3232 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
3233 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
3234 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
3235 </desc>
3236 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3237 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
3238 </param>
3239 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
3240 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
3241 </param>
3242 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
3243 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
3244 </param>
3245 </method>
3246
3247 <method name="getExtraData">
3248 <desc>
3249 Returns associated machine-specific extra data.
3250
3251 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
3252 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
3253 </desc>
3254 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3255 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
3256 </param>
3257 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
3258 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
3259 </param>
3260 </method>
3261
3262 <method name="setExtraData">
3263 <desc>
3264 Sets associated machine-specific extra data.
3265
3266 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
3267 deleted.
3268
3269 <note>
3270 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
3271 registered callbacks using the
3272 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
3273 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
3274 new value, the change will not be performed.
3275 </note>
3276 <note>
3277 On success, the
3278 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
3279 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
3280 change.
3281 </note>
3282 <note>
3283 This method can be called outside the machine session and therefore
3284 it's a caller's responsibility to handle possible race conditions
3285 when several clients change the same key at the same time.
3286 </note>
3287 </desc>
3288 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3289 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
3290 </param>
3291 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
3292 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
3293 </param>
3294 </method>
3295
3296 <method name="saveSettings">
3297 <desc>
3298 Saves any changes to machine settings made since the session
3299 has been opened or a new machine has been created, or since the
3300 last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/> or <link to="#discardSettings()"/>.
3301 For registered machines, new settings become visible to all
3302 other VirtualBox clients after successful invocation of this
3303 method.
3304 <note>
3305 The method sends <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineDataChange()"/>
3306 notification event after the configuration has been successfully
3307 saved (only for registered machines).
3308 </note>
3309 <note>
3310 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3311 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3312 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> but not
3313 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3314 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3315 </note>
3316 </desc>
3317 </method>
3318
3319 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
3320 <desc>
3321 Creates a backup copy of the machine settings file (<link
3322 to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then calls
3323 <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3324
3325 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
3326 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
3327 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
3328 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
3329
3330 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
3331 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
3332 <pre>
3333 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
3334 </pre>
3335 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
3336 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
3337 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
3338
3339 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
3340 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
3341 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
3342 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
3343 failure.
3344
3345 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
3346 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
3347 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
3348 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
3349 copy operation, fails.
3350
3351 <note>
3352 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
3353 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
3354 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
3355 settings conversion to disk.
3356 </note>
3357
3358 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
3359 </desc>
3360 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
3361 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
3362 </param>
3363 </method>
3364
3365 <method name="discardSettings">
3366 <desc>
3367 Discards any changes to the machine settings made since the session
3368 has been opened or since the last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
3369 or <link to="#discardSettings"/>.
3370 <note>
3371 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3372 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3373 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3374 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3375 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3376 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3377 </note>
3378 </desc>
3379 </method>
3380
3381 <method name="deleteSettings">
3382 <desc>
3383 Deletes the settings file of this machine from disk.
3384 The machine must not be registered in order for this operation
3385 to succeed.
3386 <note>
3387 <link to="#settingsModified"/> will return TRUE after this
3388 method successfully returns.
3389 </note>
3390 <note>
3391 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3392 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3393 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3394 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3395 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3396 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3397 </note>
3398 <note>
3399 The deleted machine settings file can be restored (saved again)
3400 by calling <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3401 </note>
3402 </desc>
3403 </method>
3404
3405 <method name="getSnapshot">
3406 <desc>
3407 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given UUID.
3408 A <tt>null</tt> UUID can be used to obtain the first snapshot
3409 taken on this machine. This is useful if you want to traverse
3410 the whole tree of snapshots starting from the root.
3411 </desc>
3412 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3413 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to get</desc>
3414 </param>
3415 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3416 <desc>Snapshot object with the given UUID.</desc>
3417 </param>
3418 </method>
3419
3420 <method name="findSnapshot">
3421 <desc>
3422 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given name.
3423 </desc>
3424 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3425 <desc>Name of the snapshot to find</desc>
3426 </param>
3427 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3428 <desc>Snapshot object with the given name.</desc>
3429 </param>
3430 </method>
3431
3432 <method name="setCurrentSnapshot">
3433 <desc>
3434 Sets the current snapshot of this machine.
3435 <note>
3436 In the current implementation, this operation is not
3437 implemented.
3438 </note>
3439 </desc>
3440 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3441 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to set as the current snapshot.</desc>
3442 </param>
3443 </method>
3444
3445 <method name="createSharedFolder">
3446 <desc>
3447 Creates a new permanent shared folder by associating the given logical
3448 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
3449 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
3450 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
3451 </desc>
3452 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3453 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
3454 </param>
3455 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
3456 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
3457 </param>
3458 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
3459 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
3460 </param>
3461 </method>
3462
3463 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
3464 <desc>
3465 Removes the permanent shared folder with the given name previously
3466 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
3467 shared folders and stops sharing it.
3468 </desc>
3469 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3470 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
3471 </param>
3472 </method>
3473
3474 <method name="canShowConsoleWindow">
3475 <desc>
3476 Returns @c true if the VM console process can activate the
3477 console window and bring it to foreground on the desktop of
3478 the host PC.
3479 <note>
3480 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3481 currently open.
3482 </note>
3483 </desc>
3484 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3485 <desc>
3486 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3487 false otherwise.
3488 </desc>
3489 </param>
3490 </method>
3491
3492 <method name="showConsoleWindow">
3493 <desc>
3494 Activates the console window and brings it to foreground on
3495 the desktop of the host PC. Many modern window managers on
3496 many platforms implement some sort of focus stealing
3497 prevention logic, so that it may be impossible to activate
3498 a window without the help of the currently active
3499 application. In this case, this method will return a non-zero
3500 identifier that represents the top-level window of the VM
3501 console process. The caller, if it represents a currently
3502 active process, is responsible to use this identifier (in a
3503 platform-dependent manner) to perform actual window
3504 activation.
3505 <note>
3506 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3507 currently open.
3508 </note>
3509 </desc>
3510 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3511 <desc>
3512 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3513 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3514 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3515 the given platform and/or VirtualBox front-end.
3516 </desc>
3517 </param>
3518 </method>
3519
3520 <method name="getGuestProperty">
3521 <desc>
3522 Reads an entry from the machine's guest property store.
3523 </desc>
3524 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3525 <desc>
3526 The name of the key to read.
3527 </desc>
3528 </param>
3529 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="out">
3530 <desc>
3531 The value of the key. If the key does not exist then this will be
3532 empty.
3533 </desc>
3534 </param>
3535 <param name="timestamp" type="unsigned long long" dir="out">
3536 <desc>
3537 The time at which the key was last modified, as seen by the server
3538 process.
3539 </desc>
3540 </param>
3541 <param name="flags" type="wstring" dir="out">
3542 <desc>
3543 Additional key parameters, passed as a comma-separated list of
3544 "name=value" type entries.
3545 </desc>
3546 </param>
3547 </method>
3548
3549 <method name="getGuestPropertyValue">
3550 <desc>
3551 Reads a value from the machine's guest property store.
3552 </desc>
3553 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3554 <desc>
3555 The name of the key to read.
3556 </desc>
3557 </param>
3558 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
3559 <desc>
3560 The value of the key. If the key does not exist then this will be
3561 empty.
3562 </desc>
3563 </param>
3564 </method>
3565
3566 <method name="getGuestPropertyTimestamp">
3567 <desc>
3568 Reads a key timestamp from the machine's guest property store.
3569 </desc>
3570 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3571 <desc>
3572 The name of the key to read.
3573 </desc>
3574 </param>
3575 <param name="value" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3576 <desc>
3577 The timestamp. If the key does not exist then this will be empty.
3578 </desc>
3579 </param>
3580 </method>
3581
3582 <method name="setGuestProperty">
3583 <desc>
3584 Sets, changes or deletes an entry in the machine's guest property
3585 store.
3586 </desc>
3587 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3588 <desc>
3589 The name of the key to set, change or delete.
3590 </desc>
3591 </param>
3592 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
3593 <desc>
3594 The new value of the key to set, change or delete. If the key does
3595 not yet exist and value is non-empty, it will be created. If value
3596 is empty, the key will be deleted if it exists.
3597 </desc>
3598 </param>
3599 <param name="flags" type="wstring" dir="in">
3600 <desc>
3601 Additional key parameters, passed as a comma-separated list of
3602 "name=value" type entries.
3603 </desc>
3604 </param>
3605 </method>
3606
3607 <method name="setGuestPropertyValue">
3608 <desc>
3609 Sets, changes or deletes a value in the machine's guest property
3610 store. The flags field will be left unchanged or created empty for a
3611 new property.
3612 </desc>
3613 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3614 <desc>
3615 The name of the key to set, change or delete.
3616 </desc>
3617 </param>
3618 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
3619 <desc>
3620 The new value of the key to set, change or delete. If the key does
3621 not yet exist and value is non-empty, it will be created. If value
3622 is empty, the key will be deleted if it exists.
3623 </desc>
3624 </param>
3625 </method>
3626
3627 <method name="enumerateGuestProperties">
3628 <desc>
3629 Return a list of the guest properties matching a set of patterns along
3630 with their values, timestamps and flags.
3631 </desc>
3632 <param name="patterns" type="wstring" dir="in">
3633 <desc>
3634 The patterns to match the properties against as a comma-separated
3635 string. If this is empty, all properties currently set will be
3636 returned.
3637 </desc>
3638 </param>
3639 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="out" safearray="yes">
3640 <desc>
3641 The key names of the properties returned.
3642 </desc>
3643 </param>
3644 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="out" safearray="yes">
3645 <desc>
3646 The values of the properties returned. The array entries match the
3647 corresponding entries in the @a key array.
3648 </desc>
3649 </param>
3650 <param name="timestamp" type="unsigned long long" dir="out" safearray="yes">
3651 <desc>
3652 The timestamps of the properties returned. The array entries match
3653 the corresponding entries in the @a key array.
3654 </desc>
3655 </param>
3656 <param name="flags" type="wstring" dir="out" safearray="yes">
3657 <desc>
3658 The flags of the properties returned. The array entries match the
3659 corresponding entries in the @a key array.
3660 </desc>
3661 </param>
3662 </method>
3663 </interface>
3664
3665 <!--
3666 // IConsole
3667 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3668 -->
3669
3670 <interface
3671 name="IConsoleCallback" extends="$unknown"
3672 uuid="13dfbef3-b74d-487d-bada-2304529aefa6"
3673 wsmap="suppress"
3674 >
3675
3676 <method name="onMousePointerShapeChange">
3677 <desc>
3678 Notification when the guest mouse pointer shape has
3679 changed. The new shape data is given.
3680 </desc>
3681 <param name="visible" type="boolean" dir="in">
3682 <desc>
3683 Flag whether the pointer is visible.
3684 </desc>
3685 </param>
3686 <param name="alpha" type="boolean" dir="in">
3687 <desc>
3688 Flag whether the pointer has an alpha channel.
3689 </desc>
3690 </param>
3691 <param name="xHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3692 <desc>
3693 The pointer hot spot x coordinate.
3694 </desc>
3695 </param>
3696 <param name="yHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3697 <desc>
3698 The pointer hot spot y coordinate.
3699 </desc>
3700 </param>
3701 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3702 <desc>
3703 Width of the pointer shape in pixels.
3704 </desc>
3705 </param>
3706 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3707 <desc>
3708 Height of the pointer shape in pixels.
3709 </desc>
3710 </param>
3711 <param name="shape" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
3712 <desc>
3713 Address of the shape buffer.
3714
3715 The buffer contains 1 bpp (bits per pixel) AND mask followed by 32 bpp XOR (color) mask.
3716
3717 For pointers without alpha channel the XOR mask pixels are 32 bit values: (lsb)BGR0(msb).
3718 For pointers with alpha channel the XOR mask consists of (lsb)BGRA(msb) 32 bit values.
3719
3720 AND mask presents for pointers with alpha channel, so if the callback does not
3721 support alpha, the pointer could be displayed as a normal color pointer.
3722
3723 The AND mask is 1 bpp bitmap with byte aligned scanlines. Size of AND mask,
3724 therefore, is <tt>cbAnd = (width + 7) / 8 * height</tt>. The padding bits at the
3725 end of any scanline are undefined.
3726
3727 The XOR mask follows the AND mask on the next 4 bytes aligned offset:
3728 <tt>uint8_t *pXor = pAnd + (cbAnd + 3) &amp; ~3</tt>
3729 Bytes in the gap between the AND and the XOR mask are undefined.
3730 XOR mask scanlines have no gap between them and size of XOR mask is:
3731 <tt>cXor = width * 4 * height</tt>.
3732
3733 <note>
3734 If 'shape' is equal to 0, only pointer visibility is being changed.
3735 </note>
3736 </desc>
3737 </param>
3738 </method>
3739
3740 <method name="onMouseCapabilityChange">
3741 <desc>
3742 Notification when the mouse capabilities reported by the
3743 guest have changed. The new capabilities are passed.
3744 </desc>
3745 <param name="supportsAbsolute" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3746 <param name="needsHostCursor" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3747 </method>
3748
3749 <method name="onKeyboardLedsChange">
3750 <desc>
3751 Notification when the guest OS executes the KBD_CMD_SET_LEDS command
3752 to alter the state of the keyboard LEDs.
3753 </desc>
3754 <param name="numLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3755 <param name="capsLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3756 <param name="scrollLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3757 </method>
3758
3759 <method name="onStateChange">
3760 <desc>
3761 Notification when the execution state of the machine has changed.
3762 The new state will be given.
3763 </desc>
3764 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
3765 </method>
3766
3767 <method name="onAdditionsStateChange">
3768 <desc>
3769 Notification when a Guest Additions property changes.
3770 Interested callees should query IGuest attributes to
3771 find out what has changed.
3772 </desc>
3773 </method>
3774
3775 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
3776 <desc>
3777 Notification when a property of the
3778 virtual <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive">DVD drive</link> changes.
3779 Interested callees should use IDVDDrive methods to find out what has
3780 changed.
3781 </desc>
3782 </method>
3783
3784 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
3785 <desc>
3786 Notification when a property of the
3787 virtual <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive">floppy drive</link> changes.
3788 Interested callees should use IFloppyDrive methods to find out what
3789 has changed.
3790 </desc>
3791 </method>
3792
3793 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
3794 <desc>
3795 Notification when a property of one of the
3796 virtual <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter">network adapters</link>
3797 changes. Interested callees should use INetworkAdapter methods and
3798 attributes to find out what has changed.
3799 </desc>
3800 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in">
3801 <desc>Network adapter that is subject to change.</desc>
3802 </param>
3803 </method>
3804
3805 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
3806 <desc>
3807 Notification when a property of one of the
3808 virtual <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort">serial ports</link> changes.
3809 Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and attributes
3810 to find out what has changed.
3811 </desc>
3812 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in">
3813 <desc>Serial port that is subject to change.</desc>
3814 </param>
3815 </method>
3816
3817 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
3818 <desc>
3819 Notification when a property of one of the
3820 virtual <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort">parallel ports</link>
3821 changes. Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and
3822 attributes to find out what has changed.
3823 </desc>
3824 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in">
3825 <desc>Parallel port that is subject to change.</desc>
3826 </param>
3827 </method>
3828
3829 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
3830 <desc>
3831 Notification when a property of the
3832 <link to="IMachine::VRDPServer">VRDP server</link> changes.
3833 Interested callees should use IVRDPServer methods and attributes to
3834 find out what has changed.
3835 </desc>
3836 </method>
3837
3838 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
3839 <desc>
3840 Notification when a property of the virtual
3841 <link to="IMachine::USBController">USB controller</link> changes.
3842 Interested callees should use IUSBController methods and attributes to
3843 find out what has changed.
3844 </desc>
3845 </method>
3846
3847 <method name="onUSBDeviceStateChange">
3848 <desc>
3849 Notification when a USB device is attached to or detached from
3850 the virtual USB controller.
3851
3852 This notification is sent as a result of the indirect
3853 request to attach the device because it matches one of the
3854 machine USB filters, or as a result of the direct request
3855 issued by <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/> or
3856 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>.
3857
3858 This notification is sent in case of both a succeeded and a
3859 failed request completion. When the request succeeds, the @a
3860 error parameter is @c null, and the given device has been
3861 already added to (when @a attached is @c true) or removed from
3862 (when @a attached is @c false) the collection represented by
3863 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/>. On failure, the collection
3864 doesn't change and the @a error perameter represents the error
3865 message describing the failure.
3866
3867 </desc>
3868 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in">
3869 <desc>Device that is subject to state change.</desc>
3870 </param>
3871 <param name="attached" type="boolean" dir="in">
3872 <desc>
3873 <tt>true</tt> if the device was attached
3874 and <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
3875 </desc>
3876 </param>
3877 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in">
3878 <desc>
3879 <tt>null</tt> on success or an error message object on
3880 failure.
3881 </desc>
3882 </param>
3883 </method>
3884
3885 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
3886 <desc>
3887 Notification when a shared folder is added or removed.
3888 The @a scope argument defines one of three scopes:
3889 <link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders">global shared folders</link>
3890 (<link to="Scope::Global">Global</link>),
3891 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders">permanent shared folders</link> of
3892 the machine (<link to="Scope::Machine">Machine</link>) or <link
3893 to="IConsole::sharedFolders">transient shared folders</link> of the
3894 machine (<link to="Scope::Session">Session</link>). Interested callees
3895 should use query the corresponding collections to find out what has
3896 changed.
3897 </desc>
3898 <param name="scope" type="Scope" dir="in">
3899 <desc>Sope of the notification.</desc>
3900 </param>
3901 </method>
3902
3903 <method name="onRuntimeError">
3904 <desc>
3905 Notification when an error happens during the virtual
3906 machine execution.
3907
3908 There are three kinds of runtime errors:
3909 <ul>
3910 <li><i>fatal</i></li>
3911 <li><i>non-fatal with retry</i></li>
3912 <li><i>non-fatal warnings</i></li>
3913 </ul>
3914
3915 <b>Fatal</b> errors are indicated by the @a fatal parameter set
3916 to <tt>true</tt>. In case of fatal errors, the virtual machine
3917 execution is always paused before calling this notification, and
3918 the notification handler is supposed either to immediately save
3919 the virtual machine state using <link to="IConsole::saveState()"/>
3920 or power it off using <link to="IConsole::powerDown()"/>.
3921 Resuming the execution can lead to unpredictable results.
3922
3923 <b>Non-fatal</b> errors and warnings are indicated by the
3924 @a fatal parameter set to <tt>false</tt>. If the virtual machine
3925 is in the Paused state by the time the error notification is
3926 received, it means that the user can <i>try to resume</i> the machine
3927 execution after attempting to solve the probem that caused the
3928 error. In this case, the notification handler is supposed
3929 to show an appropriate message to the user (depending on the
3930 value of the @a id parameter) that offers several actions such
3931 as <i>Retry</i>, <i>Save</i> or <i>Power Off</i>. If the user
3932 wants to retry, the notification handler should continue
3933 the machine execution using the <link to="IConsole::resume()"/>
3934 call. If the machine execution is not Paused during this
3935 notification, then it means this notification is a <i>warning</i>
3936 (for example, about a fatal condition that can happen very soon);
3937 no immediate action is required from the user, the machine
3938 continues its normal execution.
3939
3940 Note that in either case the notification handler
3941 <b>must not</b> perform any action directly on a thread
3942 where this notification is called. Everything it is allowed to
3943 do is to post a message to another thread that will then talk
3944 to the user and take the corresponding action.
3945
3946 Currently, the following error identificators are known:
3947 <ul>
3948 <li><tt>"HostMemoryLow"</tt></li>
3949 <li><tt>"HostAudioNotResponding"</tt></li>
3950 <li><tt>"VDIStorageFull"</tt></li>
3951 </ul>
3952
3953 <note>
3954 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3955 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3956 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3957 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3958 return @c S_OK from all but one of them that does actual
3959 user notification and performs necessary actions.
3960 </note>
3961
3962 </desc>
3963 <param name="fatal" type="boolean" dir="in">
3964 <desc>Whether the error is fatal or not</desc>
3965 </param>
3966 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in">
3967 <desc>Error identificator</desc>
3968 </param>
3969 <param name="message" type="wstring" dir="in">
3970 <desc>Optional error message</desc>
3971 </param>
3972 </method>
3973
3974 <method name="onCanShowWindow">
3975 <desc>
3976 Notification when a call to
3977 <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> is made by a
3978 front-end to check if a subsequent call to
3979 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> can succeed.
3980
3981 The callee should give an answer appropriate to the current
3982 machine state in the @a canShow argument. This answer must
3983 remain valid at least until the next
3984 <link to="IConsole::state">machine state</link> change.
3985
3986 <note>
3987 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3988 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3989 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3990 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3991 return @c true and @c S_OK from all but one of them that
3992 actually manages console window activation.
3993 </note>
3994 </desc>
3995 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3996 <desc>
3997 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3998 false otherwise.
3999 </desc>
4000 </param>
4001 </method>
4002
4003 <method name="onShowWindow">
4004 <desc>
4005 Notification when a call to
4006 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/>
4007 requests the console window to be activated and brought to
4008 foreground on the desktop of the host PC.
4009
4010 This notification should cause the VM console process to
4011 perform the requested action as described above. If it is
4012 impossible to do it at a time of this notification, this
4013 method should return a failure.
4014
4015 Note that many modern window managers on many platforms
4016 implement some sort of focus stealing prevention logic, so
4017 that it may be impossible to activate a window without the
4018 help of the currently active application (which is supposedly
4019 an initiator of this notification). In this case, this method
4020 must return a non-zero identifier that represents the
4021 top-level window of the VM console process. The caller, if it
4022 represents a currently active process, is responsible to use
4023 this identifier (in a platform-dependent manner) to perform
4024 actual window activation.
4025
4026 This method must set @a winId to zero if it has performed all
4027 actions necessary to complete the request and the console
4028 window is now active and in foreground, to indicate that no
4029 further action is required on the caller's side.
4030
4031 <note>
4032 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
4033 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
4034 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
4035 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
4036 return@c S_OK from all but one of them that actually
4037 manages console window activation.
4038 </note>
4039 </desc>
4040 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
4041 <desc>
4042 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
4043 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
4044 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
4045 the given platform and/or this VirtualBox front-end.
4046 </desc>
4047 </param>
4048 </method>
4049
4050 </interface>
4051
4052 <interface
4053 name="IRemoteDisplayInfo" extends="$unknown"
4054 uuid="550104cd-2dfd-4a6c-857d-f6f8e088e62c"
4055 wsmap="struct"
4056 >
4057 <desc>
4058 Contains information about the remote display (VRDP) capabilities and status.
4059 This is used in the <link to="IConsole::remoteDisplayInfo" /> attribute.
4060
4061 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
4062 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
4063 but a complete structure.</note>
4064 </desc>
4065
4066 <attribute name="active" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
4067 <desc>
4068 Whether the remote display connection is active.
4069 </desc>
4070 </attribute>
4071
4072 <attribute name="numberOfClients" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4073 <desc>
4074 How many times a client connected.
4075 </desc>
4076 </attribute>
4077
4078 <attribute name="beginTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
4079 <desc>
4080 When the last connection was established, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
4081 </desc>
4082 </attribute>
4083
4084 <attribute name="endTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
4085 <desc>
4086 When the last connection was terminated or the current time, if
4087 connection is still active, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
4088 </desc>
4089 </attribute>
4090
4091 <attribute name="bytesSent" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4092 <desc>
4093 How many bytes were sent in last or current, if still active, connection.
4094 </desc>
4095 </attribute>
4096
4097 <attribute name="bytesSentTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4098 <desc>
4099 How many bytes were sent in all connections.
4100 </desc>
4101 </attribute>
4102
4103 <attribute name="bytesReceived" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4104 <desc>
4105 How many bytes were received in last or current, if still active, connection.
4106 </desc>
4107 </attribute>
4108
4109 <attribute name="bytesReceivedTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4110 <desc>
4111 How many bytes were received in all connections.
4112 </desc>
4113 </attribute>
4114
4115 <attribute name="user" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4116 <desc>
4117 Login user name supplied by the client.
4118 </desc>
4119 </attribute>
4120
4121 <attribute name="domain" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4122 <desc>
4123 Login domain name supplied by the client.
4124 </desc>
4125 </attribute>
4126
4127 <attribute name="clientName" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4128 <desc>
4129 The client name supplied by the client.
4130 </desc>
4131 </attribute>
4132
4133 <attribute name="clientIP" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4134 <desc>
4135 The IP address of the client.
4136 </desc>
4137 </attribute>
4138
4139 <attribute name="clientVersion" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4140 <desc>
4141 The client software version number.
4142 </desc>
4143 </attribute>
4144
4145 <attribute name="encryptionStyle" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4146 <desc>
4147 Public key exchange method used when connection was established.
4148 Values: 0 - RDP4 public key exchange scheme.
4149 1 - X509 sertificates were sent to client.
4150 </desc>
4151 </attribute>
4152
4153 </interface>
4154
4155 <interface
4156 name="IConsole" extends="$unknown"
4157 uuid="d5a1cbda-f5d7-4824-9afe-d640c94c7dcf"
4158 wsmap="managed"
4159 >
4160 <desc>
4161 The IConsole interface represents an interface to control virtual
4162 machine execution.
4163
4164 The console object that implements the IConsole interface is obtained
4165 from a session object after the session for the given machine has been
4166 opened using one of <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
4167 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
4168 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods.
4169
4170 Methods of the IConsole interface allow the caller to query the current
4171 virtual machine execution state, pause the machine or power it down, save
4172 the machine state or take a snapshot, attach and detach removable media
4173 and so on.
4174
4175 <see>ISession</see>
4176 </desc>
4177
4178 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
4179 <desc>
4180 Machine object this console is sessioned with.
4181 <note>
4182 This is a convenience property, it has the same value as
4183 <link to="ISession::machine"/> of the corresponding session
4184 object.
4185 </note>
4186 </desc>
4187 </attribute>
4188
4189 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
4190 <desc>
4191 Current execution state of the machine.
4192 <note>
4193 This property always returns the same value as the corresponding
4194 property of the IMachine object this console is sessioned with.
4195 For the process that owns (executes) the VM, this is the
4196 preferable way of querying the VM state, because no IPC
4197 calls are made.
4198 </note>
4199 </desc>
4200 </attribute>
4201
4202 <attribute name="guest" type="IGuest" readonly="yes">
4203 <desc>Guest object.</desc>
4204 </attribute>
4205
4206 <attribute name="keyboard" type="IKeyboard" readonly="yes">
4207 <desc>
4208 Virtual keyboard object.
4209 <note>
4210 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4211 the returned object will result in an error.
4212 </note>
4213 </desc>
4214 </attribute>
4215
4216 <attribute name="mouse" type="IMouse" readonly="yes">
4217 <desc>
4218 Virtual mouse object.
4219 <note>
4220 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4221 the returned object will result in an error.
4222 </note>
4223 </desc>
4224 </attribute>
4225
4226 <attribute name="display" type="IDisplay" readonly="yes">
4227 <desc>Virtual display object.
4228 <note>
4229 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4230 the returned object will result in an error.
4231 </note>
4232 </desc>
4233 </attribute>
4234
4235 <attribute name="debugger" type="IMachineDebugger" readonly="yes">
4236 <desc>Debugging interface.</desc>
4237 </attribute>
4238
4239 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4240 <desc>
4241 Collection of USB devices currently attached to the virtual
4242 USB controller.
4243 <note>
4244 The collection is empty if the machine is not running.
4245 </note>
4246 </desc>
4247 </attribute>
4248
4249 <attribute name="remoteUSBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4250 <desc>
4251 List of USB devices currently attached to the remote VRDP client.
4252 Once a new device is physically attached to the remote host computer,
4253 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4254 </desc>
4255 </attribute>
4256
4257 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
4258 <desc>
4259 Collection of shared folders for the current session. These folders
4260 are called transient shared folders because they are available to the
4261 guest OS running inside the associated virtual machine only for the
4262 duration of the session (as opposed to
4263 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/> which represent permanent shared
4264 folders). When the session is closed (e.g. the machine is powered down),
4265 these folders are automatically discarded.
4266
4267 New shared folders are added to the collection using
4268 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
4269 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
4270 </desc>
4271 </attribute>
4272
4273 <attribute name="remoteDisplayInfo" type="IRemoteDisplayInfo" readonly="yes">
4274 <desc>
4275 Interface that provides information on Remote Display (VRDP) connection.
4276 </desc>
4277 </attribute>
4278
4279 <method name="powerUp">
4280 <desc>
4281 Starts the virtual machine execution using the current machine
4282 state (i.e. its current execution state, current settings and
4283 current hard disks).
4284
4285 If the machine is powered off or aborted, the execution will
4286 start from the beginning (as if the real hardware were just
4287 powered on).
4288
4289 If the machine is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/> state,
4290 it will continue its execution the point where the state has
4291 been saved.
4292
4293 <note>
4294 Unless you are trying to write a new VirtualBox front-end that
4295 performs direct machine execution (like the VirtualBox or VBoxSDL
4296 front-ends), don't call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> in a direct
4297 session opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/> and use this
4298 session only to change virtual machine settings. If you simply want to
4299 start virtual machine execution using one of the existing front-ends
4300 (for example the VirtualBox GUI or headless server), simply use
4301 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>; these front-ends
4302 will power up the machine automatically for you.
4303 </note>
4304
4305 <see>#saveState</see>
4306 </desc>
4307 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4308 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4309 </param>
4310 </method>
4311
4312 <method name="powerDown">
4313 <desc>
4314 Stops the virtual machine execution.
4315 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4316 PoweredOff state.
4317 </desc>
4318 </method>
4319
4320 <method name="reset">
4321 <desc>Resets the virtual machine.</desc>
4322 </method>
4323
4324 <method name="pause">
4325 <desc>Pauses the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4326 </method>
4327
4328 <method name="resume">
4329 <desc>Resumes the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4330 </method>
4331
4332 <method name="powerButton">
4333 <desc>Send the ACPI power button event to the guest.</desc>
4334 </method>
4335
4336 <method name="sleepButton">
4337 <desc>Send the ACPI sleep button event to the guest.</desc>
4338 </method>
4339
4340 <method name="getPowerButtonHandled">
4341 <desc>Check if the last power button event was handled by guest.</desc>
4342 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
4343 </method>
4344
4345 <method name="saveState">
4346 <desc>
4347 Saves the current execution state of a running virtual machine
4348 and stops its execution.
4349
4350 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4351 Saved state. Next time it is powered up, this state will
4352 be restored and the machine will continue its execution from
4353 the place where it was saved.
4354
4355 This operation differs from taking a snapshot to the effect
4356 that it doesn't create new differencing hard disks. Also, once
4357 the machine is powered up from the state saved using this method,
4358 the saved state is deleted, so it will be impossible to return
4359 to this state later.
4360
4361 <note>
4362 On success, this method implicitly calls
4363 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to save all current machine
4364 settings (including runtime changes to the DVD drive, etc.).
4365 Together with the impossibility to change any VM settings when it is
4366 in the Saved state, this guarantees the adequate hardware
4367 configuration of the machine when it is restored from the saved
4368 state file.
4369 </note>
4370
4371 <note>
4372 The machine must be in the Running or Paused state, otherwise
4373 the operation will fail.
4374 </note>
4375
4376 <see><link to="#takeSnapshot"/></see>
4377 </desc>
4378 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4379 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4380 </param>
4381 </method>
4382
4383 <method name="adoptSavedState">
4384 <desc>
4385 Associates the given saved state file to the virtual machine.
4386
4387 On success, the machine will go to the Saved state. Next time it is
4388 powered up, it will be restored from the adopted saved state and
4389 continue execution from the place where the saved state file was
4390 created.
4391
4392 The specified saved state file path may be full or relative to the
4393 folder the VM normally saves the state to (usually,
4394 <link to="IMachine::snapshotFolder"/>).
4395
4396 <note>
4397 It's a caller's responsibility to make sure the given saved state
4398 file is compatible with the settings of this virtual machine that
4399 represent its virtual hardware (memory size, hard disk configuration
4400 etc.). If there is a mismatch, the behavior of the virtual machine
4401 is undefined.
4402 </note>
4403 </desc>
4404 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
4405 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
4406 </param>
4407 </method>
4408
4409 <method name="discardSavedState">
4410 <desc>
4411 Discards (deletes) the saved state of the virtual machine
4412 previously created by <link to="#saveState"/>. Next time the
4413 machine is powered up, a clean boot will occur.
4414 <note>
4415 This operation is equivalent to resetting or powering off
4416 the machine without doing a proper shutdown in the guest OS.
4417 </note>
4418 </desc>
4419 </method>
4420
4421 <method name="getDeviceActivity">
4422 <desc>
4423 Gets the current activity type of a given device or device group.
4424 </desc>
4425 <param name="type" type="DeviceType" dir="in"/>
4426 <param name="activity" type="DeviceActivity" dir="return"/>
4427 </method>
4428
4429 <method name="attachUSBDevice">
4430 <desc>
4431 Attaches a host USB device with the given UUID to the
4432 USB controller of the virtual machine.
4433
4434 The device needs to be in one of the following states:
4435 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
4436 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link> or
4437 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>,
4438 otherwise an error is immediately returned.
4439
4440 When the device state is
4441 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>, an error may also
4442 be returned if the host computer refuses to release it for some reason.
4443
4444 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4445 </desc>
4446 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4447 <desc>UUID of the host USB device to attach.</desc>
4448 </param>
4449 </method>
4450
4451 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
4452 <desc>
4453 Detaches an USB device with the given UUID from the USB controller
4454 oif the virtual machine.
4455
4456 After this method succeeds, the VirtualBox server reinitiates
4457 all USB filters as if the device were just physically attached
4458 to the host, but filters of this machine are ignored to avoid
4459 a possible automatic reattachment.
4460
4461 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4462 </desc>
4463 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4464 <desc>UUID of the USB device to detach.</desc>
4465 </param>
4466 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
4467 <desc>Detached USB device.</desc>
4468 </param>
4469 </method>
4470
4471 <method name="createSharedFolder">
4472 <desc>
4473 Creates a transient new shared folder by associating the given logical
4474 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
4475 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
4476 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
4477 </desc>
4478 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4479 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
4480 </param>
4481 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
4482 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
4483 </param>
4484 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
4485 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
4486 </param>
4487 </method>
4488
4489 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
4490 <desc>
4491 Removes a transient shared folder with the given name previously
4492 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
4493 shared folders and stops sharing it.
4494 </desc>
4495 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4496 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
4497 </param>
4498 </method>
4499
4500 <method name="takeSnapshot">
4501 <desc>
4502 Saves the current execution state and all settings of the
4503 machine and creates differencing images for all
4504 normal (non-independent) hard disks.
4505
4506 This method can be called for a PoweredOff, Saved, Running or
4507 Paused virtual machine. When the machine is PoweredOff, an
4508 offline <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> is created,
4509 in all other cases -- an online snapshot.
4510
4511 The taken snapshot is always based on the
4512 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">current
4513 snapshot</link> of the associated virtual machine and becomes
4514 a new current snapshot.
4515
4516 <note>
4517 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4518 save all current machine settings before taking an offline snapshot.
4519 </note>
4520
4521 <see>ISnapshot, <link to="#saveState"/></see>
4522 </desc>
4523 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4524 <desc>Short name for the snapshot.</desc>
4525 </param>
4526 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
4527 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
4528 </param>
4529 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4530 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4531 </param>
4532 </method>
4533
4534 <method name="discardSnapshot">
4535 <desc>
4536
4537 Starts discarding the specified snapshot. The execution state
4538 and settings of the associated machine stored in the snapshot
4539 will be deleted. The contents of all differencing hard disks of
4540 this snapshot will be merged with the contents of their
4541 dependent child hard disks to keep the, disks valid (in other
4542 words, all changes represented by hard disks being discarded
4543 will be propagated to their child hard disks). After that, this
4544 snapshot's differencing hard disks will be deleted. The parent
4545 of this snapshot will become a new parent for all its child
4546 snapshots.
4547
4548 If the discarded snapshot is the current one, its parent
4549 snapshot will become a new current snapshot. The current machine
4550 state is not directly affected in this case, except that
4551 currently attached differencing hard disks based on hard disks
4552 of the discarded snapshot will be also merged as described
4553 above.
4554
4555 If the discarded snapshot is the first one (the root snapshot)
4556 and it has exactly one child snapshot, this child snapshot will
4557 become the first snapshot after discarding. If there are no
4558 children at all (i.e. the first snapshot is the only snapshot of
4559 the machine), both the current and the first snapshot of the
4560 machine will be set to null. In all other cases, the first
4561 snapshot cannot be discarded.
4562
4563 You cannot discard the snapshot if it
4564 stores <link to="HardDiskType::Normal">normal</link> (non-differencing)
4565 hard disks that have differencing hard disks based on them. Snapshots of
4566 such kind can be discarded only when every normal hard disk has either
4567 no children at all or exactly one child. In the former case, the normal
4568 hard disk simply becomes unused (i.e. not attached to any VM). In the
4569 latter case, it receives all the changes strored in the child hard disk,
4570 and then it replaces the child hard disk in the configuration of the
4571 corresponding snapshot or machine.
4572
4573 Also, you cannot discard the snapshot if it stores hard disks
4574 (of any type) having differencing child hard disks that belong
4575 to other machines. Such snapshots can be only discarded after
4576 you discard all snapshots of other machines containing "foreign"
4577 child disks, or detach these "foreign" child disks from machines
4578 they are attached to.
4579
4580 One particular example of the snapshot storing normal hard disks
4581 is the first snapshot of a virtual machine that had normal hard
4582 disks attached when taking the snapshot. Be careful when
4583 discarding such snapshots because this implicitly commits
4584 changes (made since the snapshot being discarded has been taken)
4585 to normal hard disks (as described above), which may be not what
4586 you want.
4587
4588 The virtual machine is put to
4589 the <link to="MachineState::Discarding">Discarding</link> state until
4590 the discard operation is completed.
4591
4592 <note>
4593 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4594 will fail.
4595 </note>
4596
4597 <note>
4598 Child hard disks of all normal hard disks of the discarded snapshot
4599 must be <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> for this
4600 operation to succeed. In particular, this means that all virtual
4601 machines, whose hard disks are directly or indirectly based on the
4602 hard disks of discarded snapshot, must be powered off.
4603 </note>
4604 <note>
4605 Merging hard disk contents can be very time and disk space
4606 consuming, if these disks are big in size and have many
4607 children. However, if the snapshot being discarded is the last
4608 (head) snapshot on the branch, the operation will be rather
4609 quick.
4610 </note>
4611 <note>
4612 Note that discarding the current snapshot
4613 will imlicitly call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4614 make all current machine settings permanent.
4615 </note>
4616 </desc>
4617 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4618 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
4619 </param>
4620 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4621 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4622 </param>
4623 </method>
4624
4625 <method name="discardCurrentState">
4626 <desc>
4627 This operation is similar to <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> but
4628 affects the current machine state. This means that the state stored in
4629 the current snapshot will become a new current state, and all current
4630 settings of the machine and changes stored in differencing hard disks
4631 will be lost.
4632
4633 After this operation is successfully completed, new empty differencing
4634 hard disks are created for all normal hard disks of the machine.
4635
4636 If the current snapshot of the machine is an online snapshot, the
4637 machine will go to the <link to="MachineState::Saved"> saved
4638 state</link>, so that the next time it is powered on, the execution
4639 state will be restored from the current snapshot.
4640
4641 <note>
4642 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation will fail.
4643 </note>
4644
4645 <note>
4646 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4647 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4648 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4649 called).
4650 </note>
4651
4652 </desc>
4653 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4654 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4655 </param>
4656 </method>
4657
4658 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
4659 <desc>
4660
4661 This method is equivalent to
4662 doing <link to="#discardSnapshot">discardSnapshot</link>
4663 (<link
4664 to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">currentSnapshot</link>.<link
4665 to="ISnapshot::id">id()</link>, ...) followed by
4666 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/>.
4667
4668 As a result, the machine will be fully restored from the
4669 snapshot preceeding the current snapshot, while both the current
4670 snapshot and the current machine state will be discarded.
4671
4672 If the current snapshot is the first snapshot of the machine (i.e. it
4673 has the only snapshot), the current machine state will be
4674 discarded <b>before</b> discarding the snapshot. In other words, the
4675 machine will be restored from its last snapshot, before discarding
4676 it. This differs from performing a single
4677 <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> call (note that no
4678 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/> will be possible after it) to the
4679 effect that the latter will preserve the current state instead of
4680 discarding it.
4681
4682 Unless explicitly mentioned otherwise, all remarks and
4683 limitations of the above two methods also apply to this method.
4684
4685 <note>
4686 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4687 will fail.
4688 </note>
4689
4690 <note>
4691 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4692 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4693 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4694 called).</note>
4695
4696 <note>
4697 This method is more efficient than calling two above
4698 methods separately: it requires less IPC calls and provides
4699 a single progress object.
4700 </note>
4701
4702 </desc>
4703 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4704 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4705 </param>
4706 </method>
4707
4708 <method name="registerCallback">
4709 <desc>
4710 Registers a new console callback on this instance. The methods of the
4711 callback interface will be called by this instance when the appropriate
4712 event occurs.
4713 </desc>
4714 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4715 </method>
4716
4717 <method name="unregisterCallback">
4718 <desc>
4719 Unregisters the console callback previously registered using
4720 <link to="#registerCallback"/>.
4721 </desc>
4722 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4723 </method>
4724 </interface>
4725
4726 <!--
4727 // IHost
4728 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4729 -->
4730
4731 <interface
4732 name="IHostDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
4733 uuid="21f86694-202d-4ce4-8b05-a63ff82dbf4c"
4734 wsmap="managed"
4735 >
4736 <desc>
4737 The IHostDVDDrive interface represents the physical CD/DVD drive
4738 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::DVDDrives"/>.
4739 </desc>
4740
4741 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4742 <desc>
4743 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4744 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. R:).
4745 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/hdc).
4746 </desc>
4747 </attribute>
4748 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4749 <desc>
4750 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4751 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4752 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4753 </desc>
4754 </attribute>
4755 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4756 <desc>
4757 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4758 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4759 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4760 @c null on some platforms.
4761 </desc>
4762 </attribute>
4763
4764 </interface>
4765
4766 <enumerator
4767 name="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4768 uuid="1ed7cfaf-c363-40df-aa4e-89c1afb7d96b"
4769 />
4770
4771 <collection
4772 name="IHostDVDDriveCollection" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4773 enumerator="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator"
4774 uuid="1909c533-1a1e-445f-a4e1-a267cffc30ed"
4775 readonly="yes"
4776 >
4777 <method name="findByName">
4778 <desc>
4779 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4780 <note>
4781 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4782 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4783 </note>
4784 </desc>
4785 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4786 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4787 </param>
4788 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return">
4789 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4790 </param>
4791 </method>
4792 </collection>
4793
4794 <interface
4795 name="IHostFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
4796 uuid="b6a4d1a9-4221-43c3-bd52-021a5daa9ed2"
4797 wsmap="managed"
4798 >
4799 <desc>
4800 The IHostFloppyDrive interface represents the physical floppy drive
4801 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::floppyDrives"/>.
4802 </desc>
4803 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4804 <desc>
4805 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4806 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. A:).
4807 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/fd0).
4808 </desc>
4809 </attribute>
4810 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4811 <desc>
4812 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4813 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4814 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4815 </desc>
4816 </attribute>
4817 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4818 <desc>
4819 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4820 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4821 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4822 @c null on some platforms.
4823 </desc>
4824 </attribute>
4825 </interface>
4826
4827 <enumerator
4828 name="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4829 uuid="ce04c924-4f54-432a-9dec-11fddc3ea875"
4830 />
4831
4832 <collection
4833 name="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4834 enumerator="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator"
4835 uuid="fd84bb86-c59a-4037-a557-755ff263a460"
4836 readonly="yes"
4837 >
4838 <method name="findByName">
4839 <desc>
4840 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4841 <note>
4842 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4843 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4844 </note>
4845 </desc>
4846 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4847 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4848 </param>
4849 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return">
4850 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4851 </param>
4852 </method>
4853 </collection>
4854
4855<if target="midl">
4856 <interface
4857 name="IHostNetworkInterface" extends="$unknown"
4858 uuid="F4512D7C-B074-4e97-99B8-6D2BD27C3F5A"
4859 wsmap="managed"
4860 >
4861 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4862 <desc>Returns the host network interface name.</desc>
4863 </attribute>
4864
4865 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
4866 <desc>Returns the interface UUID.</desc>
4867 </attribute>
4868 </interface>
4869
4870 <enumerator
4871 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4872 uuid="7B52FEF7-56E8-4aec-92F5-15E6D11EC630"
4873 />
4874
4875 <collection
4876 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4877 enumerator="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator"
4878 uuid="BF1D41F2-B97B-4314-A0FB-D4823AF42FB5"
4879 readonly="yes"
4880 >
4881 <method name="findByName">
4882 <desc>
4883 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given name.
4884 <note>
4885 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4886 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4887 </note>
4888 </desc>
4889 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4890 <desc>Name of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4891 </param>
4892 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4893 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4894 </param>
4895 </method>
4896 <method name="findById">
4897 <desc>
4898 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given GUID.
4899 <note>
4900 The method returns an error if the given GUID does not
4901 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4902 </note>
4903 </desc>
4904 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4905 <desc>GUID of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4906 </param>
4907 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4908 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4909 </param>
4910 </method>
4911 </collection>
4912</if>
4913
4914 <interface
4915 name="IHost" extends="$unknown"
4916 uuid="3d864057-ae6b-4d05-9cf7-c341139b6062"
4917 wsmap="managed"
4918 >
4919 <desc>
4920 The IHost interface represents the physical machine that this VirtualBox
4921 installation runs on.
4922
4923 An object implementing this interface is returned by the
4924 <link to="IVirtualBox::host" /> attribute. This interface contains
4925 read-only information about the host's physical hardware (such as what
4926 processors, and disks are available, what the host operating system is,
4927 and so on) and also allows for manipulating some of the host's hardware,
4928 such as global USB device filters and host interface networking.
4929
4930 </desc>
4931 <attribute name="DVDDrives" type="IHostDVDDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4932 <desc>List of DVD drives available on the host.</desc>
4933 </attribute>
4934
4935 <attribute name="floppyDrives" type="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4936 <desc>List of floppy drives available on the host.</desc>
4937 </attribute>
4938
4939 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4940 <desc>
4941 List of USB devices currently attached to the host.
4942 Once a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4943 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4944
4945 <note>
4946 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4947 </note>
4948 <note>
4949 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4950 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4951 </note>
4952 </desc>
4953 </attribute>
4954
4955 <attribute name="USBDeviceFilters" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
4956 <desc>
4957 List of USB device filters in action.
4958 When a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4959 filters from this list are applied to it (in order they are stored
4960 in the list). The first matched filter will determine the
4961 <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::action">action</link>
4962 performed on the device.
4963
4964 Unless the device is ignored by these filters, filters of all
4965 currently running virtual machines
4966 (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are applied to it.
4967
4968 <note>
4969 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4970 </note>
4971 <note>
4972 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4973 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4974 </note>
4975
4976 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
4977 </desc>
4978 </attribute>
4979
4980<if target="midl">
4981 <attribute name="networkInterfaces" type="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" readonly="yes">
4982 <desc>List of host network interfaces currently defined on the host.</desc>
4983 </attribute>
4984</if>
4985
4986 <attribute name="processorCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4987 <desc>Number of (logical) CPUs installed in the host system.</desc>
4988 </attribute>
4989
4990 <method name="getProcessorSpeed">
4991 <desc>Query the (approximate) maximum speed of a specified host CPU in Megahertz.</desc>
4992 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4993 <desc>
4994 Identifier of the CPU.
4995 </desc>
4996 </param>
4997 <param name="speed" type="unsigned long" dir="return">
4998 <desc>
4999 Speed value. 0 is returned if value is not known or @a cpuId is
5000 invalid.
5001 </desc>
5002 </param>
5003 </method>
5004
5005 <method name="getProcessorDescription">
5006 <desc>Query the model string of a specified host CPU.</desc>
5007 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5008 <desc>
5009 Identifier of the CPU.
5010 </desc>
5011 </param>
5012 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="return">
5013 <desc>
5014 Model string. A NULL string is returned if value is not known or
5015 @a cpuId is invalid.
5016 </desc>
5017 </param>
5018 </method>
5019
5020 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5021 <desc>Amount of system memory in megabytes installed in the host system.</desc>
5022 </attribute>
5023
5024 <attribute name="memoryAvailable" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5025 <desc>Available system memory in the host system.</desc>
5026 </attribute>
5027
5028 <attribute name="operatingSystem" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5029 <desc>Name of the host system's operating system.</desc>
5030 </attribute>
5031
5032 <attribute name="OSVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5033 <desc>Host operating system's version string.</desc>
5034 </attribute>
5035
5036 <attribute name="UTCTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
5037 <desc>Returns the current host time in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.</desc>
5038 </attribute>
5039
5040<if target="midl">
5041 <method name="createHostNetworkInterface">
5042 <desc>
5043 Creates a new adapter for Host Interface Networking.
5044 </desc>
5045 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
5046 <desc>
5047 Adapter name.
5048 </desc>
5049 </param>
5050 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
5051 <desc>
5052 Created host interface object.
5053 </desc>
5054 </param>
5055 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
5056 <desc>
5057 Progress object to track the operation completion.
5058 </desc>
5059 </param>
5060 </method>
5061 <method name="removeHostNetworkInterface">
5062 <desc>
5063 Removes the given host network interface.
5064 </desc>
5065 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
5066 <desc>
5067 Adapter GUID.
5068 </desc>
5069 </param>
5070 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
5071 <desc>
5072 Removed host interface object.
5073 </desc>
5074 </param>
5075 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
5076 <desc>
5077 Progress object to track the operation completion.
5078 </desc>
5079 </param>
5080 </method>
5081</if>
5082
5083 <method name="createUSBDeviceFilter">
5084 <desc>
5085 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
5086 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
5087 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
5088
5089 The created filter can be added to the list of filters using
5090 <link to="#insertUSBDeviceFilter()"/>.
5091
5092 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
5093 </desc>
5094 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
5095 <desc>
5096 Filter name. See <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
5097 for more info.
5098 </desc>
5099 </param>
5100 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
5101 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
5102 </param>
5103 </method>
5104
5105 <method name="insertUSBDeviceFilter">
5106 <desc>
5107 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
5108 in the list of filters.
5109
5110 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
5111 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
5112 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
5113
5114 <note>
5115 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to insert a
5116 filter that is already in the list, will return an
5117 error.
5118 </note>
5119 <note>
5120 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
5121 </note>
5122 <note>
5123 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
5124 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
5125 </note>
5126
5127 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
5128 </desc>
5129 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5130 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
5131 </param>
5132 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
5133 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
5134 </param>
5135 </method>
5136
5137 <method name="removeUSBDeviceFilter">
5138 <desc>
5139 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
5140 list of filters.
5141
5142 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
5143 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
5144 the list will produce an error.
5145
5146 <note>
5147 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
5148 </note>
5149 <note>
5150 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
5151 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
5152 </note>
5153
5154 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
5155 </desc>
5156 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5157 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
5158 </param>
5159 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
5160 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
5161 </param>
5162 </method>
5163
5164 </interface>
5165
5166 <!--
5167 // ISystemProperties
5168 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5169 -->
5170
5171 <interface
5172 name="ISystemProperties"
5173 extends="$unknown"
5174 uuid="12c2e31e-247f-4d51-82e5-5b9d4a6c7d5b"
5175 wsmap="managed"
5176 >
5177 <desc>
5178 The ISystemProperties interface represents global properties
5179 of the given VirtualBox installation.
5180
5181 These properties define limits and default values for various
5182 attributes and parameters. Most of the properties are read-only, but some can be
5183 changed by a user.
5184 </desc>
5185
5186 <attribute name="minGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5187 <desc>Minium guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
5188 </attribute>
5189
5190 <attribute name="maxGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5191 <desc>Maximum guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
5192 </attribute>
5193
5194 <attribute name="minGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5195 <desc>Minimum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
5196 </attribute>
5197
5198 <attribute name="maxGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5199 <desc>Maximum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
5200 </attribute>
5201
5202 <attribute name="maxVDISize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
5203 <desc>Maximum size of a virtual disk image in Megabytes.</desc>
5204 </attribute>
5205
5206 <attribute name="networkAdapterCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5207 <desc>
5208 Number of network adapters associated with every
5209 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
5210 </desc>
5211 </attribute>
5212
5213 <attribute name="serialPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5214 <desc>
5215 Number of serial ports associated with every
5216 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
5217 </desc>
5218 </attribute>
5219
5220 <attribute name="parallelPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5221 <desc>
5222 Number of parallel ports associated with every
5223 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
5224 </desc>
5225 </attribute>
5226
5227 <attribute name="maxBootPosition" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5228 <desc>
5229 Maximum device position in the boot order. This value corresponds
5230 to the total number of devices a machine can boot from, to make it
5231 possible to include all possible devices to the boot list.
5232 <see><link to="IMachine::setBootOrder()"/></see>
5233 </desc>
5234 </attribute>
5235
5236 <attribute name="defaultVDIFolder" type="wstring">
5237 <desc>
5238 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
5239 existing virtual disk images when an image file name contains no
5240 path.
5241
5242 The initial value of this property is
5243 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5244 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/VDI</tt>.
5245
5246 <note>
5247 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5248 initial value.
5249 </note>
5250 <note>
5251 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5252 absolute (full path) or relative
5253 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5254 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5255 When reading this property, a full path is
5256 always returned.
5257 </note>
5258 <note>
5259 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5260 when necessary.
5261 </note>
5262
5263 <see>
5264 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>,
5265 <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/>
5266 </see>
5267 </desc>
5268 </attribute>
5269
5270 <attribute name="defaultMachineFolder" type="wstring">
5271 <desc>
5272 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
5273 existing machines when a settings file name contains no
5274 path.
5275
5276 The initial value of this property is
5277 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5278 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/Machines</tt>.
5279
5280 <note>
5281 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5282 initial value.
5283 </note>
5284 <note>
5285 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5286 absolute (full path) or relative
5287 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5288 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5289 When reading this property, a full path is
5290 always returned.
5291 </note>
5292 <note>
5293 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5294 when necessary.
5295 </note>
5296
5297 <see>
5298 <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>,
5299 <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine()"/>
5300 </see>
5301 </desc>
5302 </attribute>
5303
5304 <attribute name="remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5305 <desc>
5306 Library that provides authentication for VRDP clients. The library
5307 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5308 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration.
5309
5310 The system library extension (".DLL" or ".so") must be omitted.
5311 A full path can be specified; if not, then the library must reside on the
5312 system's default library path.
5313
5314 The default value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>. There is a library
5315 of that name in one of the default VirtualBox library directories.
5316
5317 For details about VirtualBox authentication libraries and how to implement
5318 them, please refer to the VirtualBox manual.
5319
5320 <note>
5321 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5322 initial value.
5323 </note>
5324 </desc>
5325 </attribute>
5326
5327 <attribute name="webServiceAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5328 <desc>
5329 Library that provides authentication for webservice clients. The library
5330 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5331 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration and will be called from
5332 within the <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> implementation.
5333
5334 As opposed to <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />,
5335 there is no per-VM setting for this, as the webservice is a global
5336 resource (if it is running). Only for this setting (for the webservice),
5337 setting this value to a literal "null" string disables authentication,
5338 meaning that <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> will always succeed,
5339 no matter what user name and password are supplied.
5340
5341 The initial value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>,
5342 meaning that the webservice will use the same authentication
5343 library that is used by default for VBoxVRDP (again, see
5344 <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />).
5345 The format and calling convetion of authentication libraries
5346 is the same for the webservice as it is for VBoxVRDP.
5347
5348 </desc>
5349 </attribute>
5350
5351 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean">
5352 <desc>
5353 This specifies the default value for hardware virtualization
5354 extensions. If enabled, virtual machines will make use of
5355 hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x and
5356 AMD-V by default. This value can be overridden by each VM
5357 using their <link to="IMachine::HWVirtExEnabled" /> property.
5358 </desc>
5359 </attribute>
5360
5361 <attribute name="LogHistoryCount" type="unsigned long">
5362 <desc>
5363 This value specifies how many old release log files are kept.
5364 </desc>
5365 </attribute>
5366 </interface>
5367
5368 <!--
5369 // IGuest
5370 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5371 -->
5372
5373 <interface
5374 name="IGuestOSType" extends="$unknown"
5375 uuid="da94f478-1f37-4726-b750-2235950dc2fe"
5376 wsmap="struct"
5377 >
5378 <desc>
5379 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
5380 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
5381 but a complete structure.</note>
5382 </desc>
5383
5384 <attribute name="id" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5385 <desc>Guest OS identifier string.</desc>
5386 </attribute>
5387
5388 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5389 <desc>Human readable description of the guest OS.</desc>
5390 </attribute>
5391
5392 <attribute name="recommendedRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5393 <desc>Recommended RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5394 </attribute>
5395
5396 <attribute name="recommendedVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5397 <desc>Recommended video RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5398 </attribute>
5399
5400 <attribute name="recommendedHDD" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5401 <desc>Recommended hard disk size in Megabytes.</desc>
5402 </attribute>
5403 </interface>
5404
5405
5406 <enumerator
5407 name="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator" type="IGuestOSType"
5408 uuid="a3335e02-4669-4e3c-80c7-c4dc7056a07c"
5409 />
5410
5411 <collection
5412 name="IGuestOSTypeCollection" type="IGuestOSType" enumerator="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator"
5413 uuid="a5e36749-a610-498b-9f29-2e36c1042d65"
5414 readonly="yes"
5415 />
5416
5417 <interface
5418 name="IGuest" extends="$unknown"
5419 uuid="d8556fca-81bc-12af-fca3-365528fa38ca"
5420
5421 wsmap="suppress"
5422 >
5423 <desc>
5424 The IGuest interface represents information about the operating system
5425 running inside the virtual machine. Used in
5426 <link to="IConsole::guest"/>.
5427
5428 IGuest provides information about the guest operating system, whether
5429 Guest Additions are installed and other OS-specific virtual machine
5430 properties.
5431 </desc>
5432
5433 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5434 <desc>
5435 Identifier of the Guest OS type as reported by the Guest
5436 Additions.
5437 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
5438 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
5439 Guest OS type.
5440 <note>
5441 If Guest Additions are not installed, this value will be
5442 the same as <link to="IMachine::OSTypeId"/>.
5443 </note>
5444 </desc>
5445 </attribute>
5446
5447 <attribute name="additionsActive" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5448 <desc>
5449 Flag whether the Guest Additions are installed and active
5450 in which case their version will be returned by the
5451 <link to="#additionsVersion"/> property.
5452 </desc>
5453 </attribute>
5454
5455 <attribute name="additionsVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5456 <desc>
5457 Version of the Guest Additions (3 decimal numbers separated
5458 by dots) or empty when the Additions are not installed. The
5459 Additions may also report a version but yet not be active as
5460 the version might be refused by VirtualBox (incompatible) or
5461 other failures occured.
5462 </desc>
5463 </attribute>
5464
5465 <attribute name="supportsSeamless" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5466 <desc>
5467 Flag whether seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
5468 integration) is supported.
5469 </desc>
5470 </attribute>
5471
5472 <attribute name="supportsGraphics" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5473 <desc>
5474 Flag whether the guest is in graphics mode. If it is not, then
5475 seamless rendering will not work, resize hints are not immediately
5476 acted on and guest display resizes are probably not initiated by
5477 the guest additions.
5478 </desc>
5479 </attribute>
5480
5481 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
5482 <desc>Guest system memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
5483 </attribute>
5484
5485 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
5486 <desc>Interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
5487 </attribute>
5488
5489 <method name="setCredentials">
5490 <desc>
5491 Store login credentials that can be queried by guest operating
5492 systems with Additions installed. The credentials are transient
5493 to the session and the guest may also choose to erase them. Note
5494 that the caller cannot determine whether the guest operating system
5495 has queried or made use of the credentials.
5496 </desc>
5497 <param name="userName" type="wstring" dir="in">
5498 <desc>User name string, can be empty</desc>
5499 </param>
5500 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in">
5501 <desc>Password string, can be empty</desc>
5502 </param>
5503 <param name="domain" type="wstring" dir="in">
5504 <desc>Domain name (guest logon scheme specific), can be emtpy</desc>
5505 </param>
5506 <param name="allowInteractiveLogon" type="boolean" dir="in">
5507 <desc>
5508 Flag whether the guest should alternatively allow the user to
5509 interactively specify different credentials. This flag might
5510 not be supported by all versions of the Additions.
5511 </desc>
5512 </param>
5513 </method>
5514
5515 <method name="getStatistic">
5516 <desc>
5517 Query specified guest statistics as reported by the VirtualBox Additions.
5518 </desc>
5519 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5520 <desc>Virtual CPU id; not relevant for all statistic types</desc>
5521 </param>
5522 <param name="statistic" type="GuestStatisticType" dir="in">
5523 <desc>Statistic type.</desc>
5524 </param>
5525 <param name="statVal" type="unsigned long" dir="out">
5526 <desc>Statistics value</desc>
5527 </param>
5528 </method>
5529
5530 </interface>
5531
5532
5533 <!--
5534 // IProgress
5535 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5536 -->
5537
5538 <enumerator
5539 name="IProgressEnumerator" type="IProgress"
5540 uuid="e0380522-4ef1-48f4-856c-e455177ccb2d"
5541 />
5542
5543 <collection
5544 name="IProgressCollection" type="IProgress" enumerator="IProgressEnumerator"
5545 uuid="78B76A7C-F0F2-467c-9F0E-F089A54EE957"
5546 readonly="yes"
5547 />
5548
5549 <interface
5550 name="IProgress" extends="$unknown"
5551 uuid="10CC03A1-717E-429b-992D-C67B56175A51"
5552 wsmap="managed"
5553 >
5554 <desc>
5555 The IProgress interface represents a task progress object that allows
5556 to wait for the completion of some asynchronous task.
5557
5558 The task consists of one or more operations that run sequentially,
5559 one after one. There is an individual percent of completion of the
5560 current operation and the percent of completion of the task as a
5561 whole. Similarly, you can wait for the completion of a particular
5562 operation or for the completion of the whole task.
5563
5564 Every operation is identified by a number (starting from 0)
5565 and has a separate description.
5566 </desc>
5567
5568 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5569 <desc>ID of the task.</desc>
5570 </attribute>
5571
5572 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5573 <desc>Description of the task.</desc>
5574 </attribute>
5575
5576 <attribute name="initiator" type="$unknown" readonly="yes">
5577 <desc>Initiator of the task.</desc>
5578 </attribute>
5579
5580 <attribute name="cancelable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5581 <desc>Whether the task can be interrupted.</desc>
5582 </attribute>
5583
5584 <attribute name="percent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5585 <desc>
5586 Current task progress value in percent.
5587 This value depends on how many operations are already complete.
5588 </desc>
5589 </attribute>
5590
5591 <attribute name="completed" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5592 <desc>Whether the task has been completed.</desc>
5593 </attribute>
5594
5595 <attribute name="canceled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5596 <desc>Whether the task has been canceled.</desc>
5597 </attribute>
5598
5599 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
5600 <desc>
5601 Result code of the progress task.
5602 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true.
5603 </desc>
5604 </attribute>
5605
5606 <attribute name="errorInfo" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
5607 <desc>
5608 Extended information about the unsuccessful result of the
5609 progress operation. May be NULL when no extended information
5610 is available.
5611 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true and
5612 <link to="#resultCode"/> indicates a failure.
5613 </desc>
5614 </attribute>
5615
5616 <attribute name="operationCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5617 <desc>
5618 Number of operations this task is divided into.
5619 Every task consists of at least one operation.
5620 </desc>
5621 </attribute>
5622
5623 <attribute name="operation" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5624 <desc>Number of the operation being currently executed.</desc>
5625 </attribute>
5626
5627 <attribute name="operationDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5628 <desc>
5629 Description of the operation being currently executed.
5630 </desc>
5631 </attribute>
5632
5633 <attribute name="operationPercent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5634 <desc>Current operation progress value in percent.</desc>
5635 </attribute>
5636
5637 <method name="waitForCompletion">
5638 <desc>
5639 Waits until the task is done (including all operations) with a
5640 given timeout.
5641 </desc>
5642 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5643 <desc>
5644 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5645 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5646 </desc>
5647 </param>
5648 </method>
5649
5650 <method name="waitForOperationCompletion">
5651 <desc>
5652 Waits until the given operation is done with a given timeout.
5653 </desc>
5654 <param name="operation" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5655 <desc>
5656 Number of the operation to wait for.
5657 Must be less than <link to="#operationCount"/>.
5658 </desc>
5659 </param>
5660 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5661 <desc>
5662 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5663 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5664 </desc>
5665 </param>
5666 </method>
5667
5668 <method name="cancel">
5669 <desc>
5670 Cancels the task.
5671 <note>
5672 If <link to="#cancelable"/> is <tt>false</tt>, then
5673 this method will fail.
5674 </note>
5675 </desc>
5676 </method>
5677
5678 </interface>
5679
5680
5681 <!--
5682 // ISnapshot
5683 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5684 -->
5685
5686 <enumerator
5687 name="ISnapshotEnumerator" type="ISnapshot"
5688 uuid="25cfa2a4-1f1d-4f05-9658-b7a5894ef1a3"
5689 />
5690
5691 <collection
5692 name="ISnapshotCollection" type="ISnapshot"
5693 enumerator="ISnapshotEnumerator"
5694 uuid="23852e3c-94cd-4801-ab05-ed35675b3894"
5695 readonly="yes"
5696 />
5697
5698 <interface
5699 name="ISnapshot" extends="$unknown"
5700 uuid="9f1bbf79-13b0-4da2-abba-4a992c65c083"
5701 wsmap="managed"
5702 >
5703 <desc>
5704 The ISnapshot interface represents a snapshot of the virtual
5705 machine.
5706
5707 The <i>snapshot</i> stores all the information about a virtual
5708 machine necessary to bring it to exactly the same state as it was at
5709 the time of taking the snapshot. The snapshot includes:
5710
5711 <ul>
5712 <li>all settings of the virtual machine (i.e. its hardware
5713 configuration: RAM size, attached hard disks, etc.)
5714 </li>
5715 <li>the execution state of the virtual machine (memory contents,
5716 CPU state, etc.).
5717 </li>
5718 </ul>
5719
5720 Snapshots can be <i>offline</i> (taken when the VM is powered off)
5721 or <i>online</i> (taken when the VM is running). The execution
5722 state of the offline snapshot is called a <i>zero execution state</i>
5723 (it doesn't actually contain any information about memory contents
5724 or the CPU state, assuming that all hardware is just powered off).
5725
5726 <h3>Snapshot branches</h3>
5727
5728 Snapshots can be chained. Chained snapshots form a branch where
5729 every next snapshot is based on the previous one. This chaining is
5730 mostly related to hard disk branching (see <link to="IHardDisk"/>
5731 description). This means that every time a new snapshot is created,
5732 a new differencing hard disk is implicitly created for all normal
5733 hard disks attached to the given virtual machine. This allows to
5734 fully restore hard disk contents when the machine is later reverted
5735 to a particular snapshot.
5736
5737 In the current implelemtation, multiple snapshot branches within one
5738 virtual machine are not allowed. Every machine has a signle branch,
5739 and <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/> operation adds a new
5740 snapshot to the top of that branch.
5741
5742 Existings snapshots can be discarded using
5743 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/>.
5744
5745 <h3>Current snapshot</h3>
5746
5747 Every virtual machine has a current snapshot, identified by
5748 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot"/>. This snapshot is used as
5749 a base for the <i>current machine state</i> (see below), to the effect
5750 that all normal hard disks of the machine and its execution
5751 state are based on this snapshot.
5752
5753 In the current implementation, the current snapshot is always the
5754 last taken snapshot (i.e. the head snapshot on the branch) and it
5755 cannot be changed.
5756
5757 The current snapshot is <tt>null</tt> if the machine doesn't have
5758 snapshots at all; in this case the current machine state is just
5759 current settings of this machine plus its current execution state.
5760
5761 <h3>Current machine state</h3>
5762
5763 The current machine state is what represened by IMachine instances got
5764 directly from IVirtualBox
5765 using <link
5766 to="IVirtualBox::getMachine()">getMachine()</link>, <link
5767 to="IVirtualBox::findMachine()">findMachine()</link>, etc. (as opposed
5768 to instances returned by <link to="ISnapshot::machine"/>). This state
5769 is always used when the machine is <link to="IConsole::powerUp"> powered
5770 on</link>.
5771
5772 The current machine state also includes the current execution state.
5773 If the machine is being currently executed
5774 (<link to="IMachine::state"/> is <link to="MachineState::Running"/>
5775 and above), its execution state is just what's happening now.
5776 If it is powered off (<link to="MachineState::PoweredOff"/> or
5777 <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>), it has a zero execution state.
5778 If the machine is saved (<link to="MachineState::Saved"/>), its
5779 execution state is what saved in the execution state file
5780 (<link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/>).
5781
5782 If the machine is in the saved state, then, next time it is powered
5783 on, its execution state will be fully restored from the saved state
5784 file and the execution will continue from the point where the state
5785 was saved.
5786
5787 Similarly to snapshots, the current machine state can be discarded
5788 using <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/>.
5789
5790 <h3>Taking and discarding snapshots</h3>
5791
5792 The table below briefly explains the meaning of every snapshot
5793 operation:
5794
5795 <table>
5796 <tr><th>Operation</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Remarks</th></tr>
5797
5798 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/></td>
5799
5800 <td>Save the current state of the virtual machine, including all
5801 settings, contents of normal hard disks and the current modifications
5802 to immutable hard disks (for online snapshots)</td>
5803
5804 <td>The current state is not changed (the machine will continue
5805 execution if it is being executed when the snapshot is
5806 taken)</td></tr>
5807
5808 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/></td>
5809
5810 <td>Forget the state of the virtual machine stored in the snapshot:
5811 dismiss all saved settings and delete the saved execution state (for
5812 online snapshots)</td>
5813
5814 <td>Other snapshots (including child snapshots, if any) and the
5815 current state are not directly affected</td></tr>
5816
5817 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/></td>
5818
5819 <td>Restore the current state of the virtual machine from the state
5820 stored in the current snapshot, including all settings and hard disk
5821 contents</td>
5822
5823 <td>The current state of the machine existed prior to this operation
5824 is lost</td></tr>
5825
5826 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState()"/></td>
5827
5828 <td>Completely revert the virtual machine to the state it was in
5829 before the current snapshot has been taken</td>
5830
5831 <td>The current state, as well as the current snapshot, are
5832 lost</td></tr>
5833
5834 </table>
5835
5836 </desc>
5837
5838 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5839 <desc>UUID of the snapshot.</desc>
5840 </attribute>
5841
5842 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
5843 <desc>Short name of the snapshot.</desc>
5844 </attribute>
5845
5846 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
5847 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
5848 </attribute>
5849
5850 <attribute name="timeStamp" type="long long" readonly="yes">
5851 <desc>
5852 Time stamp of the snapshot, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
5853 </desc>
5854 </attribute>
5855
5856 <attribute name="online" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5857 <desc>
5858 <tt>true</tt> if this snapshot is an online snapshot and
5859 <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
5860
5861 <note>
5862 When this attribute is <tt>true</tt>, the
5863 <link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/> attribute of the
5864 <link to="#machine"/> object associated with this snapshot
5865 will point to the saved state file. Otherwise, it will be
5866 <tt>null</tt>.
5867 </note>
5868 </desc>
5869 </attribute>
5870
5871 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
5872 <desc>
5873 Virtual machine this snapshot is taken on. This object
5874 stores all settings the machine had when taking this snapshot.
5875 <note>
5876 The returned machine object is immutable, i.e. no
5877 any settings can be changed.
5878 </note>
5879 </desc>
5880 </attribute>
5881
5882 <attribute name="parent" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
5883 <desc>
5884 Parent snapshot (a snapshot this one is based on).
5885 <note>
5886 It's not an error to read this attribute on a snapshot
5887 that doesn't have a parent -- a null object will be
5888 returned to indicate this.
5889 </note>
5890 </desc>
5891 </attribute>
5892
5893 <attribute name="children" type="ISnapshotCollection" readonly="yes">
5894 <desc>
5895 Child snapshots (all snapshots having this one as a parent).
5896 <note>
5897 In the current implementation, there can be only one
5898 child snapshot, or no children at all, meaning this is the
5899 last (head) snapshot.
5900 </note>
5901 </desc>
5902 </attribute>
5903
5904 </interface>
5905
5906 <!--
5907 // IHardDisk
5908 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5909 -->
5910
5911 <enum
5912 name="HardDiskStorageType"
5913 uuid="48138584-ad99-479d-a36f-eb82a7663685"
5914 >
5915 <desc>
5916 Virtual hard disk storage type.
5917 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5918 </desc>
5919
5920 <const name="VirtualDiskImage" value="0">
5921 <desc>
5922 Virtual Disk Image, VDI (a regular file in the file
5923 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>)
5924 </desc>
5925 </const>
5926 <const name="ISCSIHardDisk" value="1">
5927 <desc>
5928 iSCSI Remote Disk (a disk accessed via the Internet
5929 SCSI protocol over a TCP/IP network, see
5930 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/>)
5931 </desc>
5932 </const>
5933 <const name="VMDKImage" value="2">
5934 <desc>
5935 VMware Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5936 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVMDKImage"/>)
5937 </desc>
5938 </const>
5939 <const name="CustomHardDisk" value="3">
5940 <desc>
5941 Disk formats supported through plugins (see
5942 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/>)
5943 </desc>
5944 </const>
5945 <const name="VHDImage" value="4">
5946 <desc>
5947 Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5948 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVHDImage"/>)
5949 </desc>
5950 </const>
5951 </enum>
5952
5953 <enum
5954 name="HardDiskType"
5955 uuid="a348fafd-a64e-4643-ba65-eb3896bd7e0a"
5956 >
5957 <desc>
5958 Virtual hard disk type.
5959 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5960 </desc>
5961
5962 <const name="Normal" value="0">
5963 <desc>
5964 Normal hard disk (attached directly or indirectly, preserved
5965 when taking snapshots).
5966 </desc>
5967 </const>
5968 <const name="Immutable" value="1">
5969 <desc>
5970 Immutable hard disk (attached indirectly, changes are wiped out
5971 after powering off the virtual machine).
5972 </desc>
5973 </const>
5974 <const name="Writethrough" value="2">
5975 <desc>
5976 Write through hard disk (attached directly, ignored when
5977 taking snapshots).
5978 </desc>
5979 </const>
5980 </enum>
5981
5982 <interface
5983 name="IHardDiskAttachment" extends="$unknown"
5984 uuid="c0ffe596-21c6-4797-8d8a-b47b66881e7a"
5985 wsmap="struct"
5986 >
5987 <desc>
5988 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
5989 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
5990 but a complete structure.</note>
5991 </desc>
5992 <attribute name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5993 <desc>Harddisk object this attachment is about.</desc>
5994 </attribute>
5995
5996 <attribute name="bus" type="StorageBus" readonly="yes">
5997 <desc>Disk controller ID of this attachment.</desc>
5998 </attribute>
5999
6000 <attribute name="channel" type="long" readonly="yes">
6001 <desc>Channel number of the attachment.</desc>
6002 </attribute>
6003
6004 <attribute name="device" type="long" readonly="yes">
6005 <desc>Device slot number of the attachment.</desc>
6006 </attribute>
6007
6008 </interface>
6009
6010 <enumerator
6011 name="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
6012 uuid="9955e486-2f0b-432a-99e4-0ebbd338875e"
6013 />
6014
6015 <collection
6016 name="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
6017 enumerator="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator"
6018 uuid="8f727842-bb77-45d4-92de-4ec14bf613c9"
6019 readonly="yes"
6020 />
6021
6022 <enumerator
6023 name="IHardDiskEnumerator" type="IHardDisk"
6024 uuid="b976f97b-cdb8-47e3-9860-084031cbd533"
6025 />
6026
6027 <collection
6028 name="IHardDiskCollection" type="IHardDisk"
6029 enumerator="IHardDiskEnumerator"
6030 uuid="43EAC2BC-5C61-40fa-BC38-46DE2C7DB6BB"
6031 readonly="yes"
6032 />
6033
6034 <interface
6035 name="IHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6036 uuid="FD443EC1-000F-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
6037 wsmap="managed"
6038 >
6039 <desc>
6040 The IHardDisk interface represents a virtual hard disk drive
6041 used by virtual machines.
6042
6043 The virtual hard disk drive virtualizes the hard disk hardware and
6044 looks like a regular hard disk inside the virtual machine and
6045 the guest OS.
6046
6047 <h3>Storage Types</h3>
6048
6049 The <link to="HardDiskStorageType">storage type</link> of the
6050 virtual hard disk determines where and how it stores its data
6051 (sectors). Currently, the following storage types are supported:
6052
6053 <ul>
6054
6055 <li>
6056 <i>Virtual Disk Image (VDI)</i>, a regular file in the file system
6057 of the host OS (represented by the <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
6058 interface). This file has a special format optimized so that unused
6059 sectors of data occupy much less space than on a physical hard disk.
6060 </li>
6061
6062 <li>
6063 <i>iSCSI Remote Disk</i>, a disk accessed via the Internet SCSI
6064 protocol over a TCP/IP network link (represented by the
6065 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/> interface).
6066 </li>
6067
6068 <li>
6069 <i>VMware VMDK image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
6070 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVMDKImage"/> interface).
6071 Note that the regular file may be just a descriptor referring to
6072 further files, so don't make assumptions about the OS representation
6073 of a VMDK image.
6074 </li>
6075
6076 <li>
6077 <i>Custom HardDisk</i>, a disk accessed via a plugin which is loaded
6078 when the disk is accessed (represented by the
6079 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/> interface).
6080 </li>
6081
6082 <li>
6083 <i>Virtual PC VHD Image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
6084 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVHDImage"/> interface).
6085 </li>
6086
6087 </ul>
6088
6089 The storage type of the particular hard disk object is indicated by
6090 the <link to="#storageType"/> property.
6091
6092 Each storage type is represented by its own interface (as shown
6093 above), that allows to query and set properties and perform
6094 operations specific to that storage type. When an IHardDisk object
6095 reports it uses some particular storage type, it also guaranteed to
6096 support the corresponding interface which you can query. And vice
6097 versa, every object that supports a storage-specific interface, also
6098 supports IHardDisk.
6099
6100 <h3>Virtual Hard Disk Types</h3>
6101
6102 The <link to="HardDiskType">type</link> of the virtual hard disk
6103 determines how it is attached to the virtual machine when you call
6104 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and what happens to it when
6105 a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine is
6106 taken.
6107
6108 There are three types of virtual hard disks:
6109
6110 <ul>
6111 <li><i>Normal</i></li>
6112 <li><i>Immutable</i></li>
6113 <li><i>Writethrough</i></li>
6114 </ul>
6115
6116 The virtual disk type is indicated by the <link to="#type"/>
6117 property. Each of the above types is described in detail further
6118 down.
6119
6120 There is also a forth, "hidden" virtual disk type:
6121 <i>Differencing</i>. It is "hidden" because you cannot directly
6122 create hard disks of this type -- they are automatically created by
6123 VirtualBox when necessary.
6124
6125 <b>Differencing Hard Disks</b>
6126
6127 Unlike disks of other types (that are similar to real hard disks),
6128 the differencing hard disk does not store the full range of data
6129 sectors. Instead, it stores only a subset of sectors of some other
6130 disk that were changed since the differencing hard disk has been
6131 created. Thus, every differencing hard disk has a parent hard disk
6132 it is linked to, and represents the difference between the initial
6133 and the current hard disk state. A differencing hard disk can be
6134 linked to another differencing hard disk -- this way, differencing
6135 hard disks can form a branch of changes. More over, a given virtual
6136 hard disk can have more than one differencing hard disk linked to
6137 it.
6138
6139 A disk the differencing hard disk is linked to (or, in other words,
6140 based on) is called a <i>parent</i> hard disk and is accessible through
6141 the <link to="#parent"/> property. Similarly, all existing differencing
6142 hard disks for a given parent hard disk are called its <i>child</i> hard
6143 disks (and accessible through the <link to="#children"/> property).
6144
6145 All differencing hard disks use Virtual Disk Image files to store
6146 changed sectors. They have the <link to="#type"/> property set to
6147 Normal, but can be easily distinguished from normal hard disks using
6148 the <link to="#parent"/> property: all differencing hard disks have
6149 a parent, while all normal hard disks don't.
6150
6151 When the virtual machine makes an attempt to read a sector that is
6152 missing in a differencing hard disk, its parent is accessed to
6153 resolve the sector in question. This process continues until the
6154 sector is found, or until the root hard disk is encountered, which
6155 always contains all sectors. As a consequence,
6156
6157 <ul>
6158
6159 <li>
6160 The virtual hard disk geometry seen by the guest OS is
6161 always defined by the root hard disk.
6162 </li>
6163
6164 <li>
6165 All hard disks on a branch, up to the root, must be
6166 <link to="#accessible"/> for a given differencing hard disk in order
6167 to let it function properly when the virtual machine is
6168 running.
6169 </li>
6170
6171 </ul>
6172
6173 Differencing hard disks can be implicitly created by VirtualBox in
6174 the following cases:
6175
6176 <ul>
6177
6178 <li>
6179 When a hard disk is <i>indirectly</i> attached to the virtual
6180 machine using <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. In this
6181 case, all disk writes performed by the guest OS will go to the
6182 created diffferencing hard disk, as opposed to the
6183 <i>direct</i> attachment, where all changes are written to the
6184 attached hard disk itself.
6185 </li>
6186
6187 <li>
6188 When a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine
6189 is taken. After that, disk writes to hard disks the differencing
6190 ones have been created for, will be directed to those differencing
6191 hard disks, to preserve the contents of the original disks.
6192 </li>
6193
6194 </ul>
6195
6196 Whether to create a differencing hard disk or not depends on the
6197 type of the hard disk attached to the virtual machine. This is
6198 explained below.
6199
6200 Note that in the current implementation, only the
6201 <link to="VirtualDiskImage"/> storage type is used to
6202 represent differencing hard disks. In other words, all
6203 differencing hard disks are <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
6204 objects.
6205
6206 <b>Normal Hard Disks</b>
6207
6208 Normal hard disks are the most commonly used virtual hard disk. A
6209 normal hard disk is attached to the machine directly if it is not
6210 already attached to some other machine. Otherwise, an attempt to
6211 make an indirect attachment through a differencing hard disk will be
6212 made. This attempt will fail if the hard disk is attached to a
6213 virtual machine without snapshots (because it's impossible to create
6214 a differencing hard disk based on a hard disk that is subject to
6215 change).
6216
6217 When an indirect attachment takes place, in the simplest case, where
6218 the machine the hard disk is being attached to doesn't have
6219 snapshots, the differencing hard disk will be based on the normal
6220 hard disk being attached. Otherwise, the first (i.e. the most
6221 recent) descendant of the given normal hard disk found in the
6222 current snapshot branch (starting from the current snapshot and
6223 going up to the root) will be actually used as a base.
6224
6225 Note that when you detach an indirectly attached hard disk from the
6226 machine, the created differencing hard disk image is simply
6227 <b>deleted</b>, so <b>all changes are lost</b>. If you attach the
6228 same disk again, a clean differencing disk will be created based on
6229 the most recent child, as described above.
6230
6231 When taking a snapshot, the contents of all normal hard disks (and
6232 all differencing disks whose roots are normal hard disks) currently
6233 attached to the virtual machine is preserved by creating
6234 differencing hard disks based on them.
6235
6236 <b>Immutable Hard Disks</b>
6237
6238 Immutable hard disks can be used to provide a sort of read-only
6239 access. An immutable hard disk is always attached indirectly. The
6240 created differencing hard disk is automatically wiped out (recreated
6241 from scratch) every time you power off the virtual machine. Thus,
6242 the contents of the immutable disk remains unchanged between runs.
6243
6244 Detaching an immutable hard disk deletes the differencing disk
6245 created for it, with the same effect as in case with normal hard
6246 disks.
6247
6248 When taking a snapshot, the differencing part of the immutable
6249 hard disk is cloned (i.e. copied to a separate Virtual Disk Image
6250 file) without any changes. This is necessary to preserve the exact
6251 virtual machine state when you create an online snapshot.
6252
6253 <b>Writethrough Hard Disks</b>
6254
6255 Hard disks of this type are always attached directly. This means
6256 that every given writethrough hard disk can be attached only to one
6257 virtual machine at a time.
6258
6259 It is impossible to take a snapshot of a virtual machine with the
6260 writethrough hard disk attached, because taking a snapshot implies
6261 saving the execution state and preserving the contents of all hard
6262 disks, but writethrough hard disks cannot be preserved. Preserving
6263 hard disk contents is necessary to ensure the guest OS stored in the
6264 snapshot will get the same hard disk state when restored, which is
6265 especially important when it has open file handles or when there are
6266 cached files and directories stored in memory.
6267
6268 <h3>Creating, Opening and Registering Hard Disks</h3>
6269
6270 Non-differencing hard disks are either created from scratch using
6271 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/> or opened from a VDI file
6272 using <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/> (only for hard
6273 disks using the VirtualDiskImage storage type). Once a hard disk is
6274 created or opened, it needs to be registered using
6275 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> to make it available for
6276 attaching to virtual machines. See the documentation of individual
6277 interfaces for various storage types to get more information.
6278
6279 Differencing hard disks are never created explicitly and cannot
6280 be registered or unregistered; they are automatically registered
6281 upon creation and deregistered when deleted.
6282
6283 <h3>More about Indirect Hard Disk Attachments</h3>
6284
6285 Normally, when you attach a hard disk to the virtual machine, and then
6286 query the corresponding attachment using
6287 <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/> or
6288 <link to="IMachine::hardDiskAttachments"/> you will get the same hard
6289 disk object, whose UUID you passed earlier to
6290 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. However, when an indirect
6291 attachment takes place, calling <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/>
6292 will return a differencing hard disk object, that is either based on the
6293 attached hard disk or on another differencing hard disk, the attached
6294 hard disk is eventually a root for (as described above). In both cases
6295 the returned hard disk object is the object the virtual machine actually
6296 uses to perform disk writes to.
6297
6298 Regardless of whether the attachment is direct or indirect, the
6299 <link to="#machineId"/> property of the attached disk will contain an
6300 UUID of the machine object <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>
6301 has been called on.
6302
6303 Note that both <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and
6304 <link to="IMachine::detachHardDisk()"/> are <i>lazy</i> operations. In
6305 particular, this means that when an indirect attachment is made,
6306 differencing hard disks are not created until machine settings are
6307 committed using <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/>. Similarly, when a
6308 differencing hard disk is detached, it is not deleted until
6309 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. Calling
6310 <link to="IMachine::discardSettings()"/> cancels all lazy attachments or
6311 detachments made since the last commit and effectively restores the
6312 previous set of hard disks.
6313
6314 <h3>Hard Disk Accessibility</h3>
6315
6316 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the hard disk object
6317 defines the accessibility state of the respective hard disk storage
6318 (for example, the VDI file for IVirtualDiskImage objects). If the
6319 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some hard disk
6320 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
6321 virtual or the actual hard disk size) until a new accessibility
6322 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt> (see the attribute
6323 description for more details).
6324
6325 <note>
6326 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
6327 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
6328 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
6329 if you try to read hard disk properties that depend on the
6330 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
6331 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
6332 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
6333 </note>
6334
6335 </desc>
6336
6337 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6338 <desc>
6339
6340 UUID of the hard disk. For newly created hard disk objects,
6341 this value is a randomly generated UUID.
6342
6343 </desc>
6344 </attribute>
6345
6346 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
6347 <desc>
6348
6349 Optional description of the hard disk. For a newly created hard
6350 disk, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6351
6352 <note>For some storage types, reading this property is
6353 meaningless when <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt>.
6354 Also, you cannot assign it a new value in this case.</note>
6355
6356 </desc>
6357 </attribute>
6358
6359 <attribute name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" readonly="yes">
6360 <desc>
6361
6362 Storage type of this hard disk.
6363
6364 Storage type is defined when you open or create a new hard disk
6365 object.
6366
6367 </desc>
6368 </attribute>
6369
6370 <attribute name="location" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6371 <desc>
6372
6373 Storage location of this hard disk. The returned string serves
6374 for informational purposes only. To access detailed information
6375 about the storage, query the appropriate storage-specific
6376 interface.
6377
6378 </desc>
6379 </attribute>
6380
6381 <attribute name="type" type="HardDiskType">
6382 <desc>
6383
6384 Type (behavior) of this hard disk. For a newly created or opened hard
6385 disk, this value is <link to="HardDiskType::Normal"/>.
6386
6387 <note>
6388 In the current implementation, this property can be
6389 changed only on an unregistered hard disk object. This may be
6390 changed later.
6391 </note>
6392
6393 </desc>
6394 </attribute>
6395
6396 <attribute name="parent" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6397 <desc>
6398
6399 Parent of this hard disk (a hard disk this one is directly based
6400 on).
6401
6402 Only differencing hard disks have parents, so a <tt>null</tt>
6403 object is returned for a hard disk of any other type.
6404 </desc>
6405 </attribute>
6406
6407 <attribute name="children" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
6408 <desc>
6409
6410 Children of this hard disk (all differencing hard disks for
6411 those this one is a parent). An empty collection is returned, if
6412 this hard disk doesn't have any children.
6413
6414 </desc>
6415 </attribute>
6416
6417 <attribute name="root" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6418 <desc>
6419
6420 Root hard disk of this hard disk. If this hard disk is a
6421 differencing hard disk, its root hard disk is the first disk on
6422 the branch. For all other types of hard disks, this property
6423 returns the hard disk object itself (i.e. the same object you
6424 read this property on).
6425
6426 </desc>
6427 </attribute>
6428
6429 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6430 <desc>
6431
6432 Whether the hard disk storage is currently accessible or not.
6433 The storage, for example, can be unaccessible if it doesn't exist
6434 or if it is placed on a network resource that is not available
6435 by the time this attribute is read.
6436
6437 In the current implementation, the value of this property is
6438 also <tt>false</tt> if this hard disk is attached to a running
6439 virtual machine.
6440
6441 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
6442 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
6443 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
6444 example, if the network resourse where the hard disk storage is
6445 located is down).
6446
6447 The following attributes of the hard disk object are considered
6448 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
6449 <ul>
6450 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
6451 <li><link to="#actualSize"/></li>
6452 </ul>
6453 Individual hard disk storage type interfaces may define
6454 additional attributes that depend on the accessibility state.
6455 </desc>
6456 </attribute>
6457
6458 <attribute name="allAccessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6459 <desc>
6460
6461 Whether the whole hard disk branch, starting from this image and
6462 going through its ancestors up to the root, is accessible or
6463 not.
6464
6465 This property makes sense only for differencing hard disks. For
6466 all other types of hard disks it returns the same value as
6467 <link to="#accessible"/>.
6468
6469 </desc>
6470 </attribute>
6471
6472 <attribute name="lastAccessError" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6473 <desc>
6474
6475 String describing the reason of inaccessibility of this hard
6476 disk after the last call to <link to="#accessible"/> that
6477 returned <tt>false</tt>. A <tt>null</tt> value of this property
6478 means that the last accessibility check returned <tt>true</tt>.
6479
6480 </desc>
6481 </attribute>
6482
6483 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6484 <desc>
6485
6486 Logical size of this hard disk (in megabytes), as reported to the
6487 guest OS running inside the vurtual machine this disk is
6488 attached to. The logical size is defined when the hard disk is
6489 created.
6490
6491 <note>Reading this property on a differencing hard disk will
6492 return the size of its root hard disk.</note>
6493
6494 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6495 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6496
6497 </desc>
6498 </attribute>
6499
6500 <attribute name="actualSize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6501 <desc>
6502
6503 Physical size of the storage used to store hard disk data (in
6504 bytes). This size is usually less than the logical size of the
6505 hard disk, depending on the storage type and on the size
6506 optimization method used for that storage.
6507
6508 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6509 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6510
6511 </desc>
6512 </attribute>
6513
6514 <attribute name="machineId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6515 <desc>
6516
6517 UUID of the machine this hard disk is attached to (or a
6518 <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not attached).
6519
6520 <note>Immutable hard disks are never attached directly, so this
6521 attribute is always <tt>null</tt> in this case.</note>
6522
6523 </desc>
6524 </attribute>
6525
6526 <attribute name="snapshotId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6527 <desc>
6528
6529 UUID of the <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> this hard disk
6530 is associated with (or <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not
6531 associated with any snapshot).
6532
6533 <note>
6534 This attribute is always <tt>null</tt> if <link to="#machineId"/>
6535 is <tt>null</tt>.
6536 </note>
6537
6538 <note>
6539 Writethrough hard disks are always attached directly and cannot be
6540 involved when taking snapshots, so this attribute is meaningless and
6541 therefore always <tt>null</tt>.
6542 </note>
6543
6544 </desc>
6545 </attribute>
6546
6547 <method name="cloneToImage">
6548
6549 <desc>
6550
6551 Starts creating a clone of this hard disk. The cloned hard disk
6552 will use the specified Virtual Disk Image file as a storage and
6553 will contain exactly the same sector data as the hard disk being
6554 cloned, except that a new UUID for the clone will be randomly
6555 generated.
6556
6557 The specified image file path can be absolute (full path) or
6558 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6559 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6560 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
6561 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
6562 file.
6563
6564 It is an error to use the object returned in the @a image
6565 parameter until the returned @a progress object reports success.
6566
6567 <note>In the current implementation, only non-differencing hard
6568 disks can be cloned.</note>
6569
6570 </desc>
6571
6572 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
6573 <desc>Path to a file where to store the cloned hard disk.</desc>
6574 </param>
6575 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="out">
6576 <desc>Cloned hard disk object.</desc>
6577 </param>
6578 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6579 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6580 </param>
6581
6582 </method>
6583
6584 </interface>
6585
6586 <!--
6587 // IVirtualDiskImage
6588 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6589 -->
6590
6591 <interface
6592 name="IVirtualDiskImage" extends="$unknown"
6593 uuid="a8265b5a-0d20-4a46-a02f-65693a4e8239"
6594 wsmap="managed"
6595 >
6596
6597 <desc>
6598 The IVirtualDiskImage interface represent a specific type of
6599 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that uses VDI image files.
6600
6601 The Virtual Disk Image (VDI) format is VirtualBox's native format for
6602 hard disk containers.
6603
6604 Objects that support this interface also support the
6605 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6606
6607 Hard disks using virtual disk images can be either opened using
6608 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6609 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6610
6611 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6612 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6613 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6614 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6615 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6616 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6617 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6618 virtual machines.
6619
6620 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link> of the
6621 Virtual Disk Image is stored in the image file. For this reason,
6622 changing the value of this property requires the hard disk to be
6623 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link>. The description
6624 of a registered hard disk can be changed only if a virtual machine
6625 using it is not running.
6626
6627 </desc>
6628
6629 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6630 <desc>
6631
6632 Full file name of the virtual disk image of this hard disk. For
6633 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6634
6635 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6636 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6637 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6638 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6639 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6640
6641 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6642
6643 <note>
6644 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6645 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6646 </note>
6647
6648 </desc>
6649 </attribute>
6650
6651 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6652 <desc>
6653
6654 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly
6655 created hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6656 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6657 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link
6658 to="#createDynamicImage()"/> is called.
6659
6660 </desc>
6661 </attribute>
6662
6663 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6664
6665 <desc>
6666
6667 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6668 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6669 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6670 the operation will fail.
6671
6672 <note>After the returned progress object reports that the
6673 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6674 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6675 within this VirtualBox installation.</note>
6676
6677 </desc>
6678
6679 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6680 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6681 </param>
6682 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6683 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6684 </param>
6685
6686 </method>
6687
6688 <method name="createFixedImage">
6689 <desc>
6690
6691 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6692 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6693 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6694
6695 <note>
6696 After the returned progress object reports that the
6697 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6698 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6699 within this VirtualBox installation.
6700 </note>
6701
6702 </desc>
6703
6704 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6705 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6706 </param>
6707 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6708 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6709 </param>
6710
6711 </method>
6712
6713 <method name="deleteImage">
6714 <desc>
6715
6716 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6717 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6718 operation will fail.
6719
6720 <note>
6721 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to
6722 register the hard disk until the image file is created
6723 again.
6724 </note>
6725
6726 <note>
6727 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6728 they are unregistered using
6729 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6730 </note>
6731
6732 </desc>
6733 </method>
6734
6735 </interface>
6736
6737 <!--
6738 // IISCSIHardDisk
6739 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6740 -->
6741
6742 <interface
6743 name="IISCSIHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6744 uuid="003f6ca9-3257-4ef9-99c9-c66ce44576cb"
6745 wsmap="managed"
6746 >
6747
6748 <desc>
6749 THe IISCSIHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6750 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses iSCSI.
6751
6752 The IISCSIHardDisk interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual
6753 hard disks</link> that use the Internet SCSI (iSCSI) protocol to store
6754 hard disk data on remote machines.
6755
6756 Objects that support this interface also support the
6757 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6758
6759 iSCSI hard disks can be created using
6760 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>. When a new hard disk object
6761 is created, all its properties are uninitialized. After you assign some
6762 meaningful values to them, the hard disk object can be registered by
6763 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and
6764 then <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to virtual
6765 machines.
6766
6767 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6768 of the iSCSI hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6769 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6770 times) even when
6771 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6772 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6773 attached to a running virtual machine.
6774
6775 <note>
6776 In the current imlementation, the type of all iSCSI hard disks
6777 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link>
6778 and cannot be changed.
6779 </note>
6780
6781 </desc>
6782
6783 <attribute name="server" type="wstring">
6784 <desc>
6785
6786 iSCSI Server name (either a host name or an IP address). For
6787 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6788
6789 </desc>
6790 </attribute>
6791
6792 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short">
6793 <desc>
6794
6795 iSCSI Server port. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6796 value is <tt>0</tt>, which means the default port.
6797
6798 </desc>
6799 </attribute>
6800
6801 <attribute name="target" type="wstring">
6802 <desc>
6803
6804 iSCSI target name. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6805 value is <tt>null</tt>.
6806
6807 </desc>
6808 </attribute>
6809
6810 <attribute name="lun" type="unsigned long long">
6811 <desc>
6812
6813 Logical unit number for this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6814 disk objects, this value is <tt>0</tt>.
6815
6816 </desc>
6817 </attribute>
6818
6819 <attribute name="userName" type="wstring">
6820 <desc>
6821
6822 User name for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6823 disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6824
6825 </desc>
6826 </attribute>
6827
6828 <attribute name="password" type="wstring">
6829 <desc>
6830
6831 User password for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created
6832 hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6833
6834 </desc>
6835 </attribute>
6836
6837 </interface>
6838
6839 <!--
6840 // IVMDKImage
6841 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6842 -->
6843
6844 <interface
6845 name="IVMDKImage" extends="$unknown"
6846 uuid="178398f5-8559-4fee-979e-420af5b53eef"
6847 wsmap="managed"
6848 >
6849 <desc>
6850 The IVMDKImage interface represents a specific type of
6851 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses VMDK image files.
6852
6853 The Virtual Machine Disk (VMDK) format is the industry standard format
6854 for virtual hard disk image files, which VirtualBox supports besides its
6855 own native VDI format.
6856
6857 Objects that support this interface also support the
6858 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6859
6860 Hard disks using VMDK images can be either opened using
6861 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6862 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6863
6864 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6865 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6866 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6867 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6868 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6869 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6870 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6871 virtual machines.
6872
6873 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6874 of the VMDK hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6875 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6876 times) even when
6877 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6878 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6879 attached to a running virtual machine.
6880
6881 <note>
6882 In the current imlementation, the type of all VMDK hard disks
6883 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6884 be changed.
6885 </note>
6886
6887 </desc>
6888
6889 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6890 <desc>
6891
6892 Full file name of the VMDK image of this hard disk. For
6893 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6894
6895 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6896 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6897 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6898 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6899 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6900
6901 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6902
6903 <note>
6904 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6905 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6906 </note>
6907
6908 </desc>
6909 </attribute>
6910
6911 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6912 <desc>
6913
6914 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6915 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6916 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6917 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6918 is called.
6919
6920 </desc>
6921 </attribute>
6922
6923 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6924
6925 <desc>
6926
6927 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6928 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6929 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6930 the operation will fail.
6931
6932 <note>
6933 After the returned progress object reports that the
6934 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6935 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6936 this VirtualBox installation.
6937 </note>
6938
6939 </desc>
6940
6941 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6942 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6943 </param>
6944 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6945 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6946 </param>
6947
6948 </method>
6949
6950 <method name="createFixedImage">
6951 <desc>
6952
6953 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6954 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6955 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6956
6957 <note>
6958 After the returned progress object reports that the
6959 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6960 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6961 this VirtualBox installation.
6962 </note>
6963
6964 </desc>
6965
6966 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6967 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6968 </param>
6969 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6970 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6971 </param>
6972
6973 </method>
6974
6975 <method name="deleteImage">
6976 <desc>
6977
6978 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6979 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6980 operation will fail.
6981
6982 <note>
6983 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6984 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6985 </note>
6986
6987 <note>
6988 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6989 they are unregistered using
6990 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6991 </note>
6992
6993 </desc>
6994 </method>
6995
6996 </interface>
6997
6998 <!--
6999 // ICustomHardDisk
7000 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7001 -->
7002
7003 <interface
7004 name="ICustomHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
7005 uuid="a7b0236d-3ff4-47c0-a4aa-ddc4ddc1141a"
7006 wsmap="managed"
7007 >
7008 <desc>
7009 The ICustomHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
7010 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that is supported through a third-party plugin.
7011
7012 This interface allows to add support for custom hard disk formats to
7013 VirtualBox.
7014
7015 Objects that support this interface also support the
7016 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
7017
7018 Hard disks using custom hard disk formats can be either opened using
7019 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from scratch using
7020 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
7021
7022 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for
7023 it is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
7024 valid <link to="#location">location</link>, and call
7025 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
7026 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
7027 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
7028 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
7029 virtual machines.
7030
7031 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
7032 of the hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
7033 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
7034 times) even when
7035 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
7036 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
7037 attached to a running virtual machine.
7038
7039 </desc>
7040
7041 <attribute name="location" type="wstring">
7042 <desc>
7043
7044 Location of this custom hard disk. For
7045 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
7046
7047 The format of the location string is plugin-dependent. In case if the
7048 plugin uses a regular file in the local file system to store hard disk
7049 data, then the location is a file path and the following rules apply:
7050 <ul>
7051 <li>
7052 when assigning a new path, it must be absolute (full path) or
7053 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
7054 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
7055 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default
7056 VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
7057 </li>
7058 <li>
7059 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
7060 </li>
7061 </ul>
7062
7063 <note>
7064 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
7065 returns <tt>true</tt>.
7066 </note>
7067
7068 </desc>
7069 </attribute>
7070
7071 <attribute name="format" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7072 <desc>
7073
7074 The plugin name of the image file.
7075
7076 </desc>
7077 </attribute>
7078
7079 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7080 <desc>
7081
7082 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
7083 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
7084 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
7085 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
7086 is called.
7087
7088 </desc>
7089 </attribute>
7090
7091 <method name="createDynamicImage">
7092
7093 <desc>
7094
7095 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
7096 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
7097 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
7098 the operation will fail.
7099
7100 <note>
7101 After the returned progress object reports that the
7102 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7103 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7104 this VirtualBox installation.
7105 </note>
7106
7107 </desc>
7108
7109 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7110 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7111 </param>
7112 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7113 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7114 </param>
7115
7116 </method>
7117
7118 <method name="createFixedImage">
7119 <desc>
7120
7121 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
7122 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
7123 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
7124
7125 <note>
7126 After the returned progress object reports that the
7127 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7128 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7129 this VirtualBox installation.
7130 </note>
7131
7132 </desc>
7133
7134 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7135 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7136 </param>
7137 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7138 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7139 </param>
7140
7141 </method>
7142
7143 <method name="deleteImage">
7144 <desc>
7145
7146 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
7147 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
7148 operation will fail.
7149
7150 <note>
7151 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
7152 hard disk until the image file is created again.
7153 </note>
7154
7155 <note>
7156 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
7157 they are unregistered using
7158 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
7159 </note>
7160
7161 </desc>
7162 </method>
7163
7164 </interface>
7165
7166 <!--
7167 // IVHDImage
7168 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7169 -->
7170
7171 <interface
7172 name="IVHDImage" extends="$unknown"
7173 uuid="163b88c3-7552-424a-8205-daf17a004747"
7174 wsmap="managed"
7175 >
7176 <desc>
7177
7178 The IVHDImage interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual hard
7179 disks</link> that use Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image files to store
7180 hard disk data.
7181
7182 Hard disks using VHD images can be either opened using
7183 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
7184 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
7185
7186 Objects that support this interface also support the
7187 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
7188
7189 When a new hard disk object is created from scatch, an image file for it
7190 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
7191 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
7192 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
7193 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
7194 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
7195 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
7196 virtual machines.
7197
7198 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
7199 of the VHD hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
7200 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
7201 times) even when
7202 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
7203 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
7204 attached to a running virtual machine.
7205
7206 <note>
7207 In the current imlementation, the type of all VHD hard disks
7208 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
7209 be changed.
7210 </note>
7211
7212 </desc>
7213
7214 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
7215 <desc>
7216
7217 Full file name of the VHD image of this hard disk. For
7218 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
7219
7220 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
7221 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
7222 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
7223 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
7224 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
7225
7226 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
7227
7228 <note>
7229 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
7230 returns <tt>true</tt>. In this case, the specified file name can be
7231 absolute (full path) or relative to
7232 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
7233 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
7234 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
7235 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
7236 </note>
7237
7238 </desc>
7239 </attribute>
7240
7241 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7242 <desc>
7243
7244 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
7245 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
7246 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
7247 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
7248 is called.
7249
7250 </desc>
7251 </attribute>
7252
7253 <method name="createDynamicImage">
7254
7255 <desc>
7256
7257 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
7258 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
7259 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
7260 the operation will fail.
7261
7262 <note>
7263 After the returned progress object reports that the
7264 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7265 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7266 this VirtualBox installation.
7267 </note>
7268
7269 </desc>
7270
7271 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7272 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7273 </param>
7274 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7275 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7276 </param>
7277
7278 </method>
7279
7280 <method name="createFixedImage">
7281 <desc>
7282
7283 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
7284 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
7285 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
7286
7287 <note>
7288 After the returned progress object reports that the
7289 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7290 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7291 this VirtualBox installation.
7292 </note>
7293
7294 </desc>
7295
7296 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7297 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7298 </param>
7299 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7300 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7301 </param>
7302
7303 </method>
7304
7305 <method name="deleteImage">
7306 <desc>
7307
7308 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
7309 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
7310 operation will fail.
7311
7312 <note>
7313 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
7314 hard disk until the image file is created again.
7315 </note>
7316
7317 <note>
7318 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
7319 they are unregistered using
7320 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
7321 </note>
7322
7323 </desc>
7324 </method>
7325
7326 </interface>
7327
7328 <!--
7329 // IDVDImage
7330 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7331 -->
7332
7333 <enumerator
7334 name="IDVDImageEnumerator" type="IDVDImage"
7335 uuid="9BE77C8D-E1BE-4bf2-A67B-B4DD3D2B0F28"
7336 />
7337
7338 <collection
7339 name="IDVDImageCollection" type="IDVDImage"
7340 enumerator="IDVDImageEnumerator"
7341 uuid="AE7053FA-ADD2-4ea4-AFCF-24D5F8DDED64"
7342 readonly="yes"
7343 >
7344 <method name="findByPath">
7345 <desc>
7346 Searches this collection for a DVD image with the given disk path.
7347 <note>
7348 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7349 correspond to any DVD image in the collection.
7350 </note>
7351 </desc>
7352 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7353 <desc>Name of the DVD image's file system location.</desc>
7354 </param>
7355 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
7356 <desc>Found DVD image object</desc>
7357 </param>
7358 </method>
7359 </collection>
7360
7361 <interface
7362 name="IDVDImage" extends="$unknown"
7363 uuid="140FFF03-E479-4194-8562-ABC4F8171009"
7364 wsmap="managed"
7365 >
7366 <desc>
7367
7368 The IDVDImage interface represents a file containing the image
7369 of the DVD or CD disk.
7370
7371 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7372
7373 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7374 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7375 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7376 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7377 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7378 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7379
7380 <note>
7381 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7382 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7383 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7384 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7385 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7386 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7387 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7388 </note>
7389
7390 </desc>
7391 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7392 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7393 </attribute>
7394
7395 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7396 <desc>Full file name of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7397 </attribute>
7398
7399 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7400 <desc>
7401
7402 Whether the CD/DVD image is currently accessible or not.
7403 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7404 on a network share that is not available by the time
7405 this property is read.
7406
7407 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7408 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7409 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7410 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7411
7412 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7413 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7414 <ul>
7415 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7416 </ul>
7417
7418 </desc>
7419 </attribute>
7420
7421 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
7422 <desc>Size of the ISO image in bytes.</desc>
7423 </attribute>
7424
7425 </interface>
7426
7427
7428 <!--
7429 // IDVDDrive
7430 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7431 -->
7432
7433 <interface
7434 name="IDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
7435 uuid="d9bd101a-8079-4fb9-bad1-31bf32482b75"
7436 wsmap="managed"
7437 >
7438 <desc>
7439 The IDVDDrive interface represents the virtual CD/DVD drive of the
7440 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive"/>.
7441 </desc>
7442 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7443 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7444 </attribute>
7445
7446 <attribute name="passthrough" type="boolean">
7447 <desc>
7448 When a host drive is mounted and passthrough is enabled
7449 the guest will be able to directly send SCSI commands to
7450 the host drive. This enables the guest to use CD/DVD writers
7451 but is potentially dangerous.
7452 </desc>
7453 </attribute>
7454
7455 <method name="mountImage">
7456 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7457 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7458 </method>
7459
7460 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7461 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7462 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="in"/>
7463 </method>
7464
7465 <method name="unmount">
7466 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7467 </method>
7468
7469 <method name="getImage">
7470 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7471 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return"/>
7472 </method>
7473
7474 <method name="getHostDrive">
7475 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7476 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return"/>
7477 </method>
7478
7479 </interface>
7480
7481 <!--
7482 // IFloppyImage
7483 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7484 -->
7485
7486 <enumerator
7487 name="IFloppyImageEnumerator" type="IFloppyImage"
7488 uuid="902C4089-76B7-41f1-91E8-49A261A28A2C"
7489 />
7490
7491 <collection
7492 name="IFloppyImageCollection" type="IFloppyImage"
7493 enumerator="IFloppyImageEnumerator"
7494 uuid="327A8928-8572-446e-AD9A-18FE30E81F3F"
7495 readonly="yes">
7496 <method name="findByPath">
7497 <desc>
7498 Searches this collection for a floppy image with the given disk path.
7499 <note>
7500 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7501 correspond to any floppy image in the collection.
7502 </note>
7503 </desc>
7504 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7505 <desc>Name of the floppy image's file system location.</desc>
7506 </param>
7507 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
7508 <desc>Found Floppy image object</desc>
7509 </param>
7510 </method>
7511 </collection>
7512
7513 <interface
7514 name="IFloppyImage" extends="$unknown"
7515 uuid="CC696755-EA98-4ffe-9DC5-C003047034AB"
7516 wsmap="managed"
7517 >
7518 <desc>
7519
7520 The IFloppyImage interface represents a file containing the image
7521 of a floppy disk.
7522
7523 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7524
7525 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7526 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7527 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7528 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7529 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7530 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7531
7532 <note>
7533 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7534 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7535 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7536 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7537 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7538 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7539 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7540 </note>
7541
7542 </desc>
7543 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7544 <desc>UUID of the floppy image.</desc>
7545 </attribute>
7546
7547 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7548 <desc>Full file name of the floppy image.</desc>
7549 </attribute>
7550
7551 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7552 <desc>
7553
7554 Whether the floppy image is currently accessible or not.
7555 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7556 on a network share that is not available by the time
7557 this property is read.
7558
7559 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7560 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7561 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7562 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7563
7564 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7565 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7566 <ul>
7567 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7568 </ul>
7569
7570 </desc>
7571 </attribute>
7572
7573 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7574 <desc>Size of the floppy image in bytes.</desc>
7575 </attribute>
7576
7577 </interface>
7578
7579
7580 <!--
7581 // IFloppyDrive
7582 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7583 -->
7584
7585 <interface
7586 name="IFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
7587 uuid="E9318F71-78D2-4b00-863C-B7CB0030A2D9"
7588 wsmap="managed"
7589 >
7590 <desc>
7591 The IFloppyDrive interface represents the virtual floppy drive of the
7592 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive" />.
7593 </desc>
7594
7595 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7596 <desc>
7597 Flag whether the floppy drive is enabled. If it is disabled,
7598 the floppy drive will not be reported to the guest.
7599 </desc>
7600 </attribute>
7601
7602 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7603 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7604 </attribute>
7605
7606 <method name="mountImage">
7607 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7608 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7609 </method>
7610
7611 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7612 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7613 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="in"/>
7614 </method>
7615
7616 <method name="unmount">
7617 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7618 </method>
7619
7620 <method name="getImage">
7621 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7622 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return"/>
7623 </method>
7624
7625 <method name="getHostDrive">
7626 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7627 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return"/>
7628 </method>
7629
7630 </interface>
7631
7632
7633 <!--
7634 // IKeyboard
7635 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7636 -->
7637
7638 <interface
7639 name="IKeyboard" extends="$unknown"
7640 uuid="FD443EC1-000A-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7641 wsmap="managed"
7642 >
7643 <desc>
7644 The IKeyboard interface represents the virtual machine's keyboard. Used
7645 in <link to="IConsole::keyboard"/>.
7646
7647 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual keyboard can be controlled. One
7648 can send keystrokes to the virtual machine and send the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to it.
7649 </desc>
7650 <method name="putScancode">
7651 <desc>Sends a scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7652 <param name="scancode" type="long" dir="in"/>
7653 </method>
7654
7655 <method name="putScancodes">
7656 <desc>Sends an array of scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7657 <param name="scancodes" type="long" dir="in" array="count"/>
7658 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7659 <param name="codesStored" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
7660 </method>
7661
7662 <method name="putCAD">
7663 <desc>Sends the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to the keyboard.</desc>
7664 </method>
7665
7666 </interface>
7667
7668
7669 <!--
7670 // IMouse
7671 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7672 -->
7673
7674 <enum
7675 name="MouseButtonState"
7676 uuid="03131722-2EC5-4173-9794-0DACA46673EF"
7677 >
7678 <desc>
7679 Mouse button state.
7680 </desc>
7681
7682 <const name="LeftButton" value="0x01"/>
7683 <const name="RightButton" value="0x02"/>
7684 <const name="MiddleButton" value="0x04"/>
7685 <const name="WheelUp" value="0x08"/>
7686 <const name="WheelDown" value="0x10"/>
7687 <const name="MouseStateMask" value="0x1F"/>
7688 </enum>
7689
7690 <interface
7691 name="IMouse" extends="$unknown"
7692 uuid="FD443EC1-0006-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7693 wsmap="managed"
7694 >
7695 <desc>
7696 The IMouse interface represents the virtual machine's mouse. Used in
7697 <link to="IConsole::mouse"/>.
7698
7699 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual mouse can be
7700 controlled.
7701 </desc>
7702
7703 <attribute name="absoluteSupported" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7704 <desc>
7705 Whether the guest OS supports absolute mouse pointer positioning
7706 or not.
7707 <note>
7708 VirtualBox Guest Tools need to be installed to the guest OS
7709 in order to enable absolute mouse positioning support.
7710 You can use the <link to="IConsoleCallback::onMouseCapabilityChange"/>
7711 callback to be instantly informed about changes of this attribute
7712 during virtual machine execution.
7713 </note>
7714 <see><link to="#putMouseEventAbsolute"/></see>
7715 </desc>
7716 </attribute>
7717
7718 <method name="putMouseEvent">
7719 <desc>
7720 Initiates a mouse event using relative pointer movements
7721 along x and y axis.
7722 </desc>
7723
7724 <param name="dx" type="long" dir="in">
7725 <desc>
7726 Amout of pixels the mouse should move to the right.
7727 Negative values move the mouse to the left.
7728 </desc>
7729 </param>
7730 <param name="dy" type="long" dir="in">
7731 <desc>
7732 Amout of pixels the mouse should move downwards.
7733 Negative values move the mouse upwards.
7734 </desc>
7735 </param>
7736 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7737 <desc>
7738 Amount of mouse wheel moves.
7739 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7740 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7741 </desc>
7742 </param>
7743 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7744 <desc>
7745 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7746 a mouse button as follows:
7747 <table>
7748 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7749 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7750 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7751 </table>
7752 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7753 otherwise it is released.
7754 </desc>
7755 </param>
7756 </method>
7757
7758 <method name="putMouseEventAbsolute">
7759 <desc>
7760 Positions the mouse pointer using absolute x and y coordinates.
7761 These coordinates are expressed in pixels and
7762 start from <tt>[1,1]</tt> which corresponds to the top left
7763 corner of the virtual display.
7764
7765 <note>
7766 This method will have effect only if absolute mouse
7767 positioning is supported by the guest OS.
7768 </note>
7769
7770 <see><link to="#absoluteSupported"/></see>
7771 </desc>
7772
7773 <param name="x" type="long" dir="in">
7774 <desc>
7775 X coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7776 </desc>
7777 </param>
7778 <param name="y" type="long" dir="in">
7779 <desc>
7780 Y coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7781 </desc>
7782 </param>
7783 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7784 <desc>
7785 Amout of mouse wheel moves.
7786 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7787 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7788 </desc>
7789 </param>
7790 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7791 <desc>
7792 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7793 a mouse button as follows:
7794 <table>
7795 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7796 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7797 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7798 </table>
7799 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7800 otherwise it is released.
7801 </desc>
7802 </param>
7803 </method>
7804
7805 </interface>
7806
7807 <!--
7808 // IDisplay
7809 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7810 -->
7811
7812 <enum
7813 name="FramebufferAccelerationOperation"
7814 uuid="f0e5ebbe-dc8e-4e2d-916e-53baa3844df8"
7815 >
7816 <desc>
7817 Framebuffer acceleration operation.
7818 </desc>
7819
7820 <const name="SolidFillAcceleration" value="1"/>
7821 <const name="ScreenCopyAcceleration" value="2"/>
7822 </enum>
7823
7824 <enum
7825 name="FramebufferPixelFormat"
7826 uuid="6b27d1fc-4f2c-4e9c-a166-01d06540305d"
7827 >
7828 <desc>
7829 Format of the video memory buffer. Constants represented by this enum can
7830 be used to test for particular values of <link
7831 to="IFramebuffer::pixelFormat"/>. See also <link
7832 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/>.
7833
7834 See also www.fourcc.org for more informantion about FOURCC pixel formats.
7835 </desc>
7836
7837 <const name="Opaque" value="0xFFFFFFFF">
7838 <desc>
7839 Unknown buffer format. The user may not assume any particular
7840 format of the buffer.
7841 </desc>
7842 </const>
7843 <const name="FOURCC_RGB" value="0x32424752">
7844 <desc>
7845 Basic RGB format. <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/> determines
7846 the bit layout.
7847 </desc>
7848 </const>
7849 </enum>
7850
7851 <interface
7852 name="IFramebuffer" extends="$unknown"
7853 uuid="af431304-5b09-40e2-94da-3c3cb03822c1"
7854 wsmap="suppress"
7855 >
7856 <attribute name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" readonly="yes">
7857 <desc>Address of the start byte of the framebuffer.</desc>
7858 </attribute>
7859
7860 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7861 <desc>Framebuffer width, in pixels.</desc>
7862 </attribute>
7863
7864 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7865 <desc>Framebuffer height, in pixels.</desc>
7866 </attribute>
7867
7868 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7869 <desc>
7870 Color depth, in bits per pixel. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7871 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, valid values
7872 are: 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32.
7873 </desc>
7874 </attribute>
7875
7876 <attribute name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7877 <desc>
7878 Scan line size, in bytes. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7879 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, the
7880 size of the scan line must be aligned to 32 bits.
7881 </desc>
7882 </attribute>
7883
7884 <attribute name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7885 <desc>
7886 Framebuffer pixel format. It's either one of the values defined by <link
7887 to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/> or a raw FOURCC code.
7888 <note>
7889 This attribute must never return <link
7890 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> -- the format of the buffer
7891 <link to="#address"/> points to must be always known.
7892 </note>
7893 </desc>
7894 </attribute>
7895
7896 <attribute name="usesGuestVRAM" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7897 <desc>
7898 Defines whether this framebuffer uses the virtual video card's memory
7899 buffer (guest VRAM) directly or not. See <link
7900 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/> for more information.
7901 </desc>
7902 </attribute>
7903
7904 <attribute name="heightReduction" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7905 <desc>
7906 Hint from the framebuffer about how much of the standard
7907 screen height it wants to use for itself. This information is
7908 exposed to the guest through the VESA BIOS and VMMDev interface
7909 so that it can use it for determining its video mode table. It
7910 is not guaranteed that the guest respects the value.
7911 </desc>
7912 </attribute>
7913
7914 <attribute name="overlay" type="IFramebufferOverlay" readonly="yes">
7915 <desc>
7916 An alpha-blended overlay which is superposed over the framebuffer.
7917 The initial purpose is to allow the display of icons providing
7918 information about the VM state, including disk activity, in front
7919 ends which do not have other means of doing that. The overlay is
7920 designed to controlled exclusively by IDisplay. It has no locking
7921 of its own, and any changes made to it are not guaranteed to be
7922 visible until the affected portion of IFramebuffer is updated. The
7923 overlay can be created lazily the first time it is requested. This
7924 attribute can also return NULL to signal that the overlay is not
7925 implemented.
7926 </desc>
7927 </attribute>
7928
7929 <method name="lock">
7930 <desc>
7931 Locks the framebuffer.
7932 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7933 bound to.
7934 </desc>
7935 </method>
7936
7937 <method name="unlock">
7938 <desc>
7939 Unlocks the framebuffer.
7940 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7941 bound to.
7942 </desc>
7943 </method>
7944
7945 <method name="notifyUpdate">
7946 <desc>
7947 Informs about an update.
7948 Gets called by the display object where this buffer is
7949 registered.
7950 </desc>
7951 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7952 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7953 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7954 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7955 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7956 </method>
7957
7958 <method name="requestResize">
7959 <desc>
7960 Requests a size and pixel format change.
7961
7962 There are two modes of working with the video buffer of the virtual
7963 machine. The <i>indirect</i> mode implies that the IFramebuffer
7964 implementation allocates a memory buffer for the requested display mode
7965 and provides it to the virtual machine. In <i>direct</i> mode, the
7966 IFramebuffer implementation uses the memory buffer allocated and owned
7967 by the virtual machine. This buffer represents the video memory of the
7968 emulated video adapter (so called <i>guest VRAM</i>). The direct mode is
7969 usually faster because the implementation gets a raw pointer to the
7970 guest VRAM buffer which it can directly use for visualising the contents
7971 of the virtual display, as opposed to the indirect mode where the
7972 contents of guest VRAM are copied to the memory buffer provided by
7973 the implementation every time a display update occurs.
7974
7975 It is important to note that the direct mode is really fast only when
7976 the implementation uses the given guest VRAM buffer directly, for
7977 example, by blitting it to the window representing the virtual machine's
7978 display, which saves at least one copy operation comparing to the
7979 indirect mode. However, using the guest VRAM buffer directly is not
7980 always possible: the format and the color depth of this buffer may be
7981 not supported by the target window, or it may be unknown (opaque) as in
7982 case of text or non-linear multi-plane VGA video modes. In this case,
7983 the indirect mode (that is always available) should be used as a
7984 fallback: when the guest VRAM contents are copied to the
7985 implementation-provided memory buffer, color and format conversion is
7986 done authomatically by the underlying code.
7987
7988 The @a pixelFormat parameter defines whether the direct mode is
7989 available or not. If @a pixelFormat is <link
7990 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> then direct access to the guest
7991 VRAM buffer is not available -- the @a VRAM, @a bitsPerPixel and @a
7992 bytesPerLine parameters must be ignored and the implementation must use
7993 the indirect mode (where it provides its own buffer in one of the
7994 supported formats). In all other cases, @a pixelFormat together with @a
7995 bitsPerPixel and @a bytesPerLine define the format of the video memory
7996 buffer pointed to by the @a VRAM parameter and the implementation is
7997 free to choose which mode to use. To indicate that this framebuffer uses
7998 the direct mode, the implementation of the <link to="#usesGuestVRAM"/>
7999 attribute must return <tt>true</tt> and <link to="#address"/> must
8000 return exactly the same address that is passed in the @a VRAM parameter
8001 of this method; otherwise it is assumed that the indirect strategy is
8002 chosen.
8003
8004 The @a width and @a height parameters represent the size of the
8005 requested display mode in both modes. In case of indirect mode, the
8006 provided memory buffer should be big enough to store data of the given
8007 display mode. In case of direct mode, it is guaranteed that the given @a
8008 VRAM buffer contains enough space to represent the display mode of the
8009 given size. Note that this framebuffer's <link to="#width"/> and <link
8010 to="#height"/> attributes must return exactly the same values as
8011 passed to this method after the resize is completed (see below).
8012
8013 The @a finished output parameter determines if the implementation has
8014 finished resizing the framebuffer or not. If, for some reason, the
8015 resize cannot be finished immediately during this call, @a finished
8016 must be set to @c false, and the implementation must call
8017 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> after it has returned from
8018 this method as soon as possible. If @a finished is @c false, the
8019 machine will not call any framebuffer methods until
8020 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
8021
8022 Note that if the direct mode is chosen, the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>,
8023 <link to="#bytesPerLine"/> and <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attributes of
8024 this framebuffer must return exactly the same values as specified in the
8025 parameters of this method, after the resize is completed. If the
8026 indirect mode is chosen, these attributes must return values describing
8027 the format of the implementation's own memory buffer <link
8028 to="#address"/> points to. Note also that the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>
8029 value must always correlate with <link to="#pixelFormat"/>. Note that
8030 the <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attribute must never return <link
8031 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> regardless of the selected mode.
8032
8033 <note>
8034 This method is called by the IDisplay object under the
8035 <link to="#lock()"/> provided by this IFramebuffer
8036 implementation. If this method returns @c false in @a finished, then
8037 this lock is not released until
8038 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
8039 </note>
8040 </desc>
8041 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8042 <desc>
8043 Logical screen number. Must be used in the corresponding call to
8044 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> if this call is made.
8045 </desc>
8046 </param>
8047 <param name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8048 <desc>
8049 Pixel format of the memory buffer pointed to by @a VRAM.
8050 See also <link to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/>.
8051 </desc>
8052 </param>
8053 <param name="VRAM" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
8054 <desc>Pointer to the virtual video card's VRAM (may be @c null).</desc>
8055 </param>
8056 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8057 <desc>Color depth, bits per pixel.</desc>
8058 </param>
8059 <param name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8060 <desc>Size of one scan line, in bytes.</desc>
8061 </param>
8062 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8063 <desc>Width of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
8064 </param>
8065 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8066 <desc>Height of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
8067 </param>
8068 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return">
8069 <desc>
8070 Can the VM start using the new framebuffer immediately
8071 after this method returns or it should wait for
8072 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/>.
8073 </desc>
8074 </param>
8075 </method>
8076
8077 <method name="operationSupported">
8078 <desc>
8079 Returns whether the given acceleration operation is supported
8080 by the IFramebuffer implementation. If not, the display object
8081 will not attempt to call the corresponding IFramebuffer entry
8082 point. Even if an operation is indicated to supported, the
8083 IFramebuffer implementation always has the option to return non
8084 supported from the corresponding acceleration method in which
8085 case the operation will be performed by the display engine. This
8086 allows for reduced IFramebuffer implementation complexity where
8087 only common cases are handled.
8088 </desc>
8089 <param name="operation" type="FramebufferAccelerationOperation" dir="in"/>
8090 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
8091 </method>
8092
8093 <method name="videoModeSupported">
8094 <desc>
8095 Returns whether the framebuffer implementation is willing to
8096 support a given video mode. In case it is not able to render
8097 the video mode (or for some reason not willing), it should
8098 return false. Usually this method is called when the guest
8099 asks the VMM device whether a given video mode is supported
8100 so the information returned is directly exposed to the guest.
8101 It is important that this method returns very quickly.
8102 </desc>
8103 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8104 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8105 <param name="bpp" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8106 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
8107 </method>
8108
8109 <method name="solidFill">
8110 <desc>
8111 Fills the specified rectangle on screen with a solid color.
8112 </desc>
8113 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8114 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8115 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8116 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8117 <param name="color" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8118 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
8119 </method>
8120
8121 <method name="copyScreenBits">
8122 <desc>
8123 Copies specified rectangle on the screen.
8124 </desc>
8125 <param name="xDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8126 <param name="yDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8127 <param name="xSrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8128 <param name="ySrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8129 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8130 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8131 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
8132 </method>
8133
8134 <method name="getVisibleRegion">
8135 <desc>
8136 Returns the visible region of this framebuffer.
8137
8138 If the @a rectangles parameter is <tt>NULL</tt> then the value of the
8139 @a count parameter is ignored and the number of elements necessary to
8140 describe the current visible region is returned in @a countCopied.
8141
8142 If @a rectangles is not <tt>NULL</tt> but @a count is less
8143 than the required number of elements to store region data, the method
8144 will report a failure. If @a count is equal or greater than the
8145 required number of elements, then the actual number of elements copied
8146 to the provided array will be returned in @a countCopied.
8147
8148 <note>
8149 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
8150 this IFramebuffer object.
8151 </note>
8152 </desc>
8153 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
8154 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array to receive region data.</desc>
8155 </param>
8156 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8157 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
8158 </param>
8159 <param name="countCopied" type="unsigned long" dir="return">
8160 <desc>Number of elements copied to the @a rectangles array.</desc>
8161 </param>
8162 </method>
8163
8164 <method name="setVisibleRegion">
8165 <desc>
8166 Suggests a new visible region to this framebuffer. This region
8167 represents the area of the VM display which is a union of regions of
8168 all top-level windows of the guest operating system running inside the
8169 VM (if the Guest Additions for this system support this
8170 functionality). This information may be used by the frontends to
8171 implement the seamless desktop integration feature.
8172
8173 <note>
8174 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
8175 this IFramebuffer object.
8176 </note>
8177 <note>
8178 The IFramebuffer implementation must make a copy of the provided
8179 array of rectangles.
8180 </note>
8181 </desc>
8182 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
8183 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array.</desc>
8184 </param>
8185 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8186 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
8187 </param>
8188 </method>
8189
8190 </interface>
8191
8192 <interface
8193 name="IFramebufferOverlay" extends="IFrameBuffer"
8194 uuid="0bcc1c7e-e415-47d2-bfdb-e4c705fb0f47"
8195 wsmap="suppress"
8196 >
8197 <desc>
8198 The IFramebufferOverlay interface represents an alpha blended overlay
8199 for displaying status icons above an IFramebuffer. It is always created
8200 not visible, so that it must be explicitly shown. It only covers a
8201 portion of the IFramebuffer, determined by its width, height and
8202 co-ordinates. It is always in packed pixel little-endian 32bit ARGB (in
8203 that order) format, and may be written to directly. Do re-read the
8204 width though, after setting it, as it may be adjusted (increased) to
8205 make it more suitable for the front end.
8206 </desc>
8207 <attribute name="x" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8208 <desc>X position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
8209 </attribute>
8210
8211 <attribute name="y" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8212 <desc>Y position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
8213 </attribute>
8214
8215 <attribute name="visible" type="boolean" readonly="no">
8216 <desc>
8217 Whether the overlay is currently visible.
8218 </desc>
8219 </attribute>
8220
8221 <attribute name="alpha" type="unsigned long" readonly="no">
8222 <desc>
8223 The global alpha value for the overlay. This may or may not be
8224 supported by a given front end.
8225 </desc>
8226 </attribute>
8227
8228 <method name="move">
8229 <desc>
8230 Changes the overlay's position relative to the IFramebuffer.
8231 </desc>
8232 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8233 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8234 </method>
8235
8236 </interface>
8237
8238 <interface
8239 name="IDisplay" extends="$unknown"
8240 uuid="09789f63-4525-48e5-a5e4-1080453b0eab"
8241 wsmap="suppress"
8242 >
8243 <desc>
8244 The IDisplay interface represents the virtual machine's display.
8245
8246 The object implementing this interface is contained in each
8247 <link to="IConsole::display"/> attribute and represents the visual
8248 output of the virtual machine.
8249
8250 The virtual display supports pluggable output targets represented by the
8251 IFramebuffer interface. Examples of the output target are a window on
8252 the host computer or an RDP sessoin's display on a remote computer.
8253 </desc>
8254 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8255 <desc>Current display width.</desc>
8256 </attribute>
8257
8258 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8259 <desc>Current display height.</desc>
8260 </attribute>
8261
8262 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8263 <desc>
8264 Current guest display color depth. Note that this may differ
8265 from <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/>.
8266 </desc>
8267 </attribute>
8268
8269 <method name="setupInternalFramebuffer">
8270 <desc>
8271 Prepares an internally managed framebuffer.
8272 </desc>
8273 <param name="depth" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8274 </method>
8275
8276 <method name="lockFramebuffer">
8277 <desc>
8278 Requests access to the internal framebuffer.
8279 </desc>
8280 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="return"/>
8281 </method>
8282
8283 <method name="unlockFramebuffer">
8284 <desc>
8285 Releases access to the internal framebuffer.
8286 </desc>
8287 </method>
8288
8289 <method name="registerExternalFramebuffer">
8290 <desc>
8291 Registers an external framebuffer.
8292 </desc>
8293 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8294 </method>
8295
8296 <method name="setFramebuffer">
8297 <desc>
8298 Sets the framebuffer for given screen.
8299 </desc>
8300 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8301 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8302 </method>
8303
8304 <method name="getFramebuffer">
8305 <desc>
8306 Queries the framebuffer for given screen.
8307 </desc>
8308 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8309 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="out"/>
8310 <param name="xOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8311 <param name="yOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8312 </method>
8313
8314 <method name="setVideoModeHint">
8315 <desc>
8316 Asks VirtualBox to request the given video mode from
8317 the guest. This is just a hint and it cannot be guaranteed
8318 that the requested resolution will be used. Guest Additions
8319 are required for the request to be seen by guests. The caller
8320 should issue the request and wait for a resolution change and
8321 after a timeout retry.
8322
8323 Specifying <tt>0</tt> for either @a width, @a height or @a bitsPerPixel
8324 parameters means that the corresponding values should be taken from the
8325 current video mode (i.e. left unchanged).
8326
8327 If the guest OS supports multi-monitor configuration then the @a display
8328 parameter specifies the number of the guest display to send the hint to:
8329 <tt>0</tt> is the primary display, <tt>1</tt> is the first secondary and
8330 so on. If the multi-monitor configuration is not supported, @a display
8331 must be <tt>0</tt>.
8332
8333 </desc>
8334 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8335 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8336 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8337 <param name="display" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8338 </method>
8339
8340 <method name="setSeamlessMode">
8341 <desc>
8342 Enables or disables seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
8343 integration) mode.
8344 <note>
8345 Calling this method has no effect if <link
8346 to="IGuest::supportsSeamless"/> returns <tt>false</tt>.
8347 </note>
8348 </desc>
8349 <param name="enabled" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
8350 </method>
8351
8352 <method name="takeScreenShot">
8353 <desc>
8354 Takes a screen shot of the requested size and copies it to the
8355 32-bpp buffer allocated by the caller.
8356 </desc>
8357 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8358 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8359 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8360 </method>
8361
8362 <method name="drawToScreen">
8363 <desc>
8364 Draws a 32-bpp image of the specified size from the given buffer
8365 to the given point on the VM display.
8366 </desc>
8367 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8368 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8369 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8370 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8371 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8372 </method>
8373
8374 <method name="invalidateAndUpdate">
8375 <desc>
8376 Does a full invalidation of the VM display and instructs the VM
8377 to update it.
8378 </desc>
8379 </method>
8380
8381 <method name="resizeCompleted">
8382 <desc>
8383 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the resize operation.
8384 </desc>
8385 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8386 </method>
8387
8388 <method name="updateCompleted">
8389 <desc>
8390 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the update operation.
8391 </desc>
8392 </method>
8393
8394 </interface>
8395
8396 <!--
8397 // INetworkAdapter
8398 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8399 -->
8400
8401 <enum
8402 name="NetworkAttachmentType"
8403 uuid="8730d899-d036-4925-bc63-e58f3486f4bf"
8404 >
8405 <desc>
8406 Network attachment type.
8407 </desc>
8408
8409 <const name="Null" value="0">
8410 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "not attached".</desc>
8411 </const>
8412 <const name="NAT" value="1"/>
8413 <const name="HostInterface" value="2"/>
8414 <const name="Internal" value="3"/>
8415 </enum>
8416
8417 <enum
8418 name="NetworkAdapterType"
8419 uuid="156b17b9-5d61-4d54-be90-62e37dda848d"
8420 >
8421 <desc>
8422 Network adapter type.
8423 </desc>
8424
8425 <const name="Null" value="0">
8426 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
8427 </const>
8428 <const name="Am79C970A" value="1"/>
8429 <const name="Am79C973" value="2"/>
8430 <const name="I82540EM" value="3"/>
8431 <const name="I82543GC" value="4"/>
8432 </enum>
8433
8434 <interface
8435 name="INetworkAdapter" extends="$unknown"
8436 uuid="a876d9b1-68d9-43b1-9c68-ddea0a473663"
8437 wsmap="managed"
8438 >
8439 <attribute name="adapterType" type="NetworkAdapterType">
8440 <desc>
8441 Type of the virtual network adapter. Depending on this value,
8442 VirtualBox will provide a different virtual network hardware
8443 to the guest.
8444 </desc>
8445 </attribute>
8446
8447 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8448 <desc>
8449 Slot number this adapter is plugged into. Corresponds to
8450 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter"/>
8451 to obtain this instance.
8452 </desc>
8453 </attribute>
8454
8455 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8456 <desc>
8457 Flag whether the network adapter is present in the
8458 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8459 not contain this network adapter. Can only be changed when
8460 the VM is not running.
8461 </desc>
8462 </attribute>
8463
8464 <attribute name="MACAddress" type="wstring">
8465 <desc>
8466 Ethernet MAC address of the adapter, 12 hexadecimal characters. When setting
8467 it to NULL, VirtualBox will generate a unique MAC address.
8468 </desc>
8469 </attribute>
8470
8471 <attribute name="attachmentType" type="NetworkAttachmentType" readonly="yes"/>
8472
8473 <attribute name="hostInterface" type="wstring">
8474 <desc>
8475 Name of the Host Network Interface that is currently in use. NULL will be returned
8476 if no device has been allocated. On Linux, setting this refers to a permanent TAP
8477 device. However, a file descriptor has precedence over the interface name on Linux.
8478 Note that when VBox allocates a TAP device, this property will not be set, i.e. the
8479 interface name would have to be determined using the file descriptor and /proc/self/fd.
8480 </desc>
8481 </attribute>
8482
8483<if target="xpidl">
8484 <attribute name="TAPFileDescriptor" type="long">
8485 <desc>
8486 File descriptor of the TAP device. It can either be setup by the caller
8487 which has to supply an existing valid file handle allocated in the parent
8488 process of the VM process or allocated by VirtualBox. The value is -1 if it
8489 has not been defined. This property is non persistent, i.e. it will not be
8490 stored in the VM's configuration data and thus has to be set at each startup.
8491 </desc>
8492 </attribute>
8493 <attribute name="TAPSetupApplication" type="wstring">
8494 <desc>
8495 Application to start to configure the TAP device.
8496 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8497 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8498 </desc>
8499 </attribute>
8500 <attribute name="TAPTerminateApplication" type="wstring">
8501 <desc>
8502 Application to start before closing a TAP device.
8503 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8504 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8505 </desc>
8506 </attribute>
8507</if>
8508
8509 <attribute name="internalNetwork" type="wstring">
8510 <desc>
8511 Name of the internal network the VM is attached to.
8512 </desc>
8513 </attribute>
8514
8515 <attribute name="NATNetwork" type="wstring">
8516 <desc>
8517 Name of the NAT network the VM is attached to.
8518 </desc>
8519 </attribute>
8520
8521 <attribute name="cableConnected" type="boolean">
8522 <desc>
8523 Flag whether the adapter reports the cable as connected or not.
8524 It can be used to report offline situations to a VM.
8525 </desc>
8526 </attribute>
8527
8528 <attribute name="lineSpeed" type="unsigned long">
8529 <desc>
8530 Line speed reported by custom drivers, in units of 1 kbps.
8531 </desc>
8532 </attribute>
8533
8534 <attribute name="traceEnabled" type="boolean">
8535 <desc>
8536 Flag whether network traffic from/to the network card should be traced.
8537 Can only be toggled when the VM is turned off.
8538 </desc>
8539 </attribute>
8540
8541 <attribute name="traceFile" type="wstring">
8542 <desc>
8543 Filename where a network trace will be stored. If not set, VBox-pid.pcap
8544 will be used.
8545 </desc>
8546 </attribute>
8547
8548 <method name="attachToNAT">
8549 <desc>
8550 Attach the network adapter to the Network Address Translation (NAT) interface.
8551 </desc>
8552 </method>
8553
8554 <method name="attachToHostInterface">
8555 <desc>
8556 Attach the network adapter to a host interface. On Linux, the TAP
8557 setup application will be executed if configured and unless a device
8558 name and/or file descriptor has been set, a new TAP interface will be
8559 created.
8560 </desc>
8561 </method>
8562
8563 <method name="attachToInternalNetwork">
8564 <desc>
8565 Attach the network adapter to an internal network.
8566 </desc>
8567 </method>
8568
8569 <method name="detach">
8570 <desc>
8571 Detach the network adapter
8572 </desc>
8573 </method>
8574 </interface>
8575
8576
8577 <!--
8578 // ISerialPort
8579 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8580 -->
8581
8582 <enum
8583 name="PortMode"
8584 uuid="b266f43c-2e93-46b3-812b-c20e600e867b"
8585 >
8586 <desc>
8587 The PortMode enumeration represents possible communicaton modes for
8588 the virtual serial port device.
8589 </desc>
8590
8591 <const name="Disconnected" value="0">
8592 <desc>Virtual device is not attached to any real host device.</desc>
8593 </const>
8594 <const name="HostPipe" value="1">
8595 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host pipe.</desc>
8596 </const>
8597 <const name="HostDevice" value="2">
8598 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host device.</desc>
8599 </const>
8600 </enum>
8601
8602 <interface
8603 name="ISerialPort" extends="$unknown"
8604 uuid="937f6970-5103-4745-b78e-d28dcf1479a8"
8605 wsmap="managed"
8606 >
8607
8608 <desc>
8609 The ISerialPort interface represents the virtual serial port device.
8610
8611 The virtual serial port device acts like an ordinary serial port
8612 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8613 serial port hardware in one of two modes: host pipe or host device.
8614
8615 In host pipe mode, the #path attribute specifies the path to the pipe on
8616 the host computer that represents a serial port. The #server attribute
8617 determines if this pipe is created by the virtual machine process at
8618 machine startup or it must already exist before starting machine
8619 execution.
8620
8621 In host device mode, the #path attribute specifies the name of the
8622 serial port device on the host computer.
8623
8624 There is also a third communication mode: the disconnected mode. In this
8625 mode, the guest OS running inside the virtual machine will be able to
8626 detect the serial port, but all port write operations will be discarded
8627 and all port read operations will return no data.
8628
8629 <see>IMachine::getSerialPort</see>
8630 </desc>
8631
8632 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8633 <desc>
8634 Slot number this serial port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8635 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort"/>
8636 to obtain this instance.
8637 </desc>
8638 </attribute>
8639
8640 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8641 <desc>
8642 Flag whether the serial port is enabled. If disabled,
8643 the serial port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8644 </desc>
8645 </attribute>
8646
8647 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8648 <desc>Base I/O address of the serial port.</desc>
8649 </attribute>
8650
8651 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8652 <desc>IRQ number of the serial port.</desc>
8653 </attribute>
8654
8655 <attribute name="hostMode" type="PortMode">
8656 <desc>How is this port connected to the host.</desc>
8657 </attribute>
8658
8659 <attribute name="server" type="boolean">
8660 <desc>
8661 Flag whether this serial port acts as a server (creates a new pipe on
8662 the host) or as a client (uses the existing pipe). This attribute is
8663 used only when #hostMode is PortMode::HostPipePort.
8664 </desc>
8665 </attribute>
8666
8667 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8668 <desc>
8669 Path to the serial port's pipe on the host when #hostMode is
8670 PortMode::HostPipePort, or the host serial device name when #hostMode
8671 is PortMode::HostDevicePort. In either of the above cases, setting a
8672 @c null or an empty string as the attribute's value will result into
8673 an error. Otherwise, the value of this property is ignored.
8674 </desc>
8675 </attribute>
8676
8677 </interface>
8678
8679 <!--
8680 // IParallelPort
8681 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8682 -->
8683
8684 <interface
8685 name="IParallelPort" extends="$unknown"
8686 uuid="0c925f06-dd10-4b77-8de8-294d738c3214"
8687 wsmap="managed"
8688 >
8689
8690 <desc>
8691 The IParallelPort interface represents the virtual parallel port device.
8692
8693 The virtual parallel port device acts like an ordinary parallel port
8694 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8695 parallel port hardware using the name of the parallel device on the host
8696 computer specified in the #path attribute.
8697
8698 Each virtual parallel port device is assigned a base I/O address and an
8699 IRQ number that will be reported to the guest operating system and used
8700 to operate the given parallel port from within the virtual machine.
8701
8702 <see>IMachine::getParallelPort</see>
8703 </desc>
8704
8705 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8706 <desc>
8707 Slot number this parallel port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8708 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort"/>
8709 to obtain this instance.
8710 </desc>
8711 </attribute>
8712
8713 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8714 <desc>
8715 Flag whether the parallel port is enabled. If disabled,
8716 the parallel port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8717 </desc>
8718 </attribute>
8719
8720 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8721 <desc>Base I/O address of the parallel port.</desc>
8722 </attribute>
8723
8724 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8725 <desc>IRQ number of the parallel port.</desc>
8726 </attribute>
8727
8728 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8729 <desc>
8730 Host parallel device name. If this parallel port is enabled, setting a
8731 @c null or an empty string as this attribute's value will result into
8732 an error.
8733 </desc>
8734 </attribute>
8735
8736 </interface>
8737
8738
8739 <!--
8740 // IMachineDebugger
8741 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8742 -->
8743
8744 <interface
8745 name="IMachineDebugger" extends="$unknown"
8746 uuid="54ebce96-fa7d-4a4d-bc81-a7db41c29637"
8747 wsmap="suppress"
8748 >
8749 <method name="resetStats">
8750 <desc>
8751 Reset VM statistics.
8752 </desc>
8753 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8754 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8755 </param>
8756 </method>
8757
8758 <method name="dumpStats">
8759 <desc>
8760 Dumps VM statistics.
8761 </desc>
8762 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8763 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8764 </param>
8765 </method>
8766
8767 <method name="getStats">
8768 <desc>
8769 Get the VM statistics in a XMLish format.
8770 </desc>
8771 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8772 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8773 </param>
8774 <param name="withDescriptions" type="boolean" dir="in">
8775 <desc>Whether to include the descriptions.</desc>
8776 </param>
8777 <param name="stats" type="wstring" dir="out">
8778 <desc>The XML document containing the statistics.</desc>
8779 </param>
8780 </method>
8781
8782 <attribute name="singlestep" type="boolean">
8783 <desc>Switch for enabling singlestepping.</desc>
8784 </attribute>
8785
8786 <attribute name="recompileUser" type="boolean">
8787 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for user mode code.</desc>
8788 </attribute>
8789
8790 <attribute name="recompileSupervisor" type="boolean">
8791 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for supervisor mode code.</desc>
8792 </attribute>
8793
8794 <attribute name="PATMEnabled" type="boolean">
8795 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the PATM component.</desc>
8796 </attribute>
8797
8798 <attribute name="CSAMEnabled" type="boolean">
8799 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the CSAM component.</desc>
8800 </attribute>
8801
8802 <attribute name="logEnabled" type="boolean">
8803 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling logging.</desc>
8804 </attribute>
8805
8806 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8807 <desc>
8808 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of CPU hardware
8809 virtualization extensions.
8810 </desc>
8811 </attribute>
8812
8813 <attribute name="HWVirtExNestedPagingEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8814 <desc>
8815 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of the nested paging
8816 CPU hardware virtualization extension.
8817 </desc>
8818 </attribute>
8819
8820 <attribute name="PAEEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8821 <desc>
8822 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of the Physical
8823 Address Extension CPU feature.
8824 </desc>
8825 </attribute>
8826
8827 <attribute name="virtualTimeRate" type="unsigned long">
8828 <desc>
8829 The rate at which the virtual time runs expressed as a percentage.
8830 The accepted range is 2% to 20000%.
8831 </desc>
8832 </attribute>
8833
8834 <!-- @todo method for setting log flags, groups and destination! -->
8835
8836 <attribute name="VM" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
8837 <desc>
8838 Gets the VM handle. This is only for internal use while
8839 we carve the details of this interface.
8840 </desc>
8841 </attribute>
8842
8843 </interface>
8844
8845 <!--
8846 // IUSBController
8847 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8848 -->
8849
8850 <interface
8851 name="IUSBController" extends="$unknown"
8852 uuid="f4c2d3dc-f109-4da7-93b1-ec28973ac89f"
8853 wsmap="managed"
8854 >
8855 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8856 <desc>
8857 Flag whether the USB controller is present in the
8858 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8859 not contain any USB controller. Can only be changed when
8860 the VM is powered off.
8861 </desc>
8862 </attribute>
8863
8864 <attribute name="enabledEhci" type="boolean">
8865 <desc>
8866 Flag whether the USB EHCI controller is present in the
8867 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8868 not contain a USB EHCI controller. Can only be changed when
8869 the VM is powered off.
8870 </desc>
8871 </attribute>
8872
8873 <attribute name="USBStandard" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8874 <desc>
8875 USB standard version which the controller implements.
8876 This is a BCD which means that the major version is in the
8877 high byte and minor version is in the low byte.
8878 </desc>
8879 </attribute>
8880
8881 <attribute name="deviceFilters" type="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
8882 <desc>
8883 List of USB device filters associated with the machine.
8884
8885 If the machine is currently running, these filters are activated
8886 every time a new (supported) USB device is attached to the host
8887 computer that was not ignored by global filters
8888 (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>).
8889
8890 These filters are also activated when the machine is powered up.
8891 They are run against a list of all currently available USB
8892 devices (in states
8893 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link>,
8894 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
8895 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>) that were not previously
8896 ignored by global filters.
8897
8898 If at least one filter matches the USB device in question, this
8899 device is automatically captured (attached to) the virtual USB
8900 controller of this machine.
8901
8902 <see>IUSBDeviceFilter, ::IUSBController</see>
8903 </desc>
8904 </attribute>
8905
8906 <method name="createDeviceFilter">
8907 <desc>
8908 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
8909 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
8910 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
8911
8912 The created filter can then be added to the list of filters using
8913 <link to="#insertDeviceFilter()"/>.
8914
8915 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8916 </desc>
8917 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8918 <desc>
8919 Filter name. See <link to="IUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
8920 for more info.
8921 </desc>
8922 </param>
8923 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8924 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
8925 </param>
8926 </method>
8927
8928 <method name="insertDeviceFilter">
8929 <desc>
8930 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
8931 in the list of filters.
8932
8933 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
8934 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8935 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
8936
8937 <note>
8938 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to inster a
8939 filter that is already in the collection, will return an
8940 error.
8941 </note>
8942
8943 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8944 </desc>
8945 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8946 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
8947 </param>
8948 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
8949 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
8950 </param>
8951 </method>
8952
8953 <method name="removeDeviceFilter">
8954 <desc>
8955 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
8956 list of filters.
8957
8958 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
8959 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8960 the list will produce an error.
8961
8962 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8963 </desc>
8964 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8965 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
8966 </param>
8967 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8968 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
8969 </param>
8970 </method>
8971
8972 </interface>
8973
8974
8975 <!--
8976 // IUSBDevice
8977 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8978 -->
8979
8980 <enumerator
8981 name="IUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IUSBDevice"
8982 uuid="aefe00f7-eb8a-454b-9ea4-fd5ad93c0e99"
8983 />
8984
8985 <collection
8986 name="IUSBDeviceCollection" type="IUSBDevice"
8987 enumerator="IUSBDeviceEnumerator"
8988 uuid="e31f3248-90dd-4ca2-95f0-6b36042d96a2"
8989 readonly="yes"
8990 >
8991 <method name="findById">
8992 <desc>
8993 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
8994 <note>
8995 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
8996 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8997 </note>
8998 <see>IUSBDevice::id</see>
8999 </desc>
9000 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
9001 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
9002 </param>
9003 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
9004 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9005 </param>
9006 </method>
9007
9008 <method name="findByAddress">
9009 <desc>
9010 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
9011 host address.
9012 <note>
9013 The method returns an error if the given address does not
9014 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9015 </note>
9016 <see>IUSBDevice::address</see>
9017 </desc>
9018 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9019 <desc>
9020 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
9021 search for.
9022 </desc>
9023 </param>
9024 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
9025 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9026 </param>
9027 </method>
9028
9029 </collection>
9030
9031 <interface
9032 name="IUSBDevice" extends="$unknown"
9033 uuid="850af07b-9ee8-48c2-b6b0-f6d0acbf63c3"
9034 wsmap="managed"
9035 >
9036 <desc>
9037 The IUSBDevice interface represents a virtual USB device attached to the
9038 virtual machine.
9039
9040 A collection of objects implementing this interface is stored in the
9041 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/> attribute which lists all USB devices
9042 attached to a running virtual machine's USB controller.
9043 </desc>
9044
9045 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
9046 <desc>
9047 Unique USB device ID. This ID is built from #vendorId,
9048 #productId, #revision and #serialNumber.
9049 </desc>
9050 </attribute>
9051
9052 <attribute name="vendorId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
9053 <desc>Vendor ID.</desc>
9054 </attribute>
9055
9056 <attribute name="productId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
9057 <desc>Product ID.</desc>
9058 </attribute>
9059
9060 <attribute name="revision" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
9061 <desc>
9062 Product revision number. This is a packed BCD represented as
9063 unsigned short. The high byte is the integer part and the low
9064 byte is the decimal.
9065 </desc>
9066 </attribute>
9067
9068 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9069 <desc>Manufacturer string.</desc>
9070 </attribute>
9071
9072 <attribute name="product" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9073 <desc>Product string.</desc>
9074 </attribute>
9075
9076 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9077 <desc>Serial number string.</desc>
9078 </attribute>
9079
9080 <attribute name="address" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9081 <desc>Host specific address of the device.</desc>
9082 </attribute>
9083
9084 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
9085 <desc>
9086 Host USB port number the device is physically
9087 coonected to.
9088 </desc>
9089 </attribute>
9090
9091 <attribute name="version" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
9092 <desc>
9093 The major USB version of the device - 1 or 2.
9094 </desc>
9095 </attribute>
9096
9097 <attribute name="portVersion" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
9098 <desc>
9099 The major USB version of the host USB port the device is
9100 physically coonected to - 1 or 2. For devices not connected to
9101 anything this will have the same value as the version attribute.
9102 </desc>
9103 </attribute>
9104
9105 <attribute name="remote" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9106 <desc>
9107 Whether the device is physically connected to a remote VRDP
9108 client or to a local host machine.
9109 </desc>
9110 </attribute>
9111
9112 </interface>
9113
9114
9115 <!--
9116 // IUSBDeviceFilter
9117 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9118 -->
9119
9120 <enumerator
9121 name="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
9122 uuid="d5109c61-93e7-4726-926b-0dee1020da56"
9123 />
9124
9125 <collection
9126 name="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
9127 enumerator="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
9128 uuid="4fa3fc99-ceb1-4bf5-a9cb-e962d825c1ef"
9129 readonly="yes"
9130 />
9131
9132 <interface
9133 name="IUSBDeviceFilter" extends="$unknown"
9134 uuid="d6831fb4-1a94-4c2c-96ef-8d0d6192066d"
9135 wsmap="managed"
9136 >
9137 <desc>
9138 The IUSBDeviceFilter interface represents an USB device filter used
9139 to perform actions on a group of USB devices.
9140
9141 This type of filters is used by running virtual machines to
9142 automatically capture selected USB devices once they are physically
9143 attached to the host computer.
9144
9145 A USB device is matched to the given device filter if and only if all
9146 attributes of the device match the corresponding attributes of the
9147 filter (that is, attributes are joined together using the logical AND
9148 operation). On the other hand, all together, filters in the list of
9149 filters carry the semantics of the logical OR operation. So if it is
9150 desirable to create a match like "this vendor id OR this product id",
9151 one needs to create two filters and specify "any match" (see below)
9152 for unused attributes.
9153
9154 All filter attributes used for matching are strings. Each string
9155 is an expression representing a set of values of the corresponding
9156 device attribute, that will match the given filter. Currently, the
9157 following filtering expressions are supported:
9158
9159 <ul>
9160 <li><i>Interval filters</i>. Used to specify valid intervals for
9161 integer device attributes (Vendor ID, Product ID and Revision).
9162 The format of the string is:
9163
9164 <tt>int:((m)|([m]-[n]))(,(m)|([m]-[n]))*</tt>
9165
9166 where <tt>m</tt> and <tt>n</tt> are integer numbers, either in octal
9167 (starting from <tt>0</tt>), hexadecimal (starting from <tt>0x</tt>)
9168 or decimal (otherwise) form, so that <tt>m &lt; n</tt>. If <tt>m</tt>
9169 is ommitted before a dash (<tt>-</tt>), the minimum possible integer
9170 is assumed; if <tt>n</tt> is ommitted after a dash, the maximum
9171 possible integer is assummed.
9172 </li>
9173 <li><i>Boolean filters</i>. Used to specify acceptable values for
9174 boolean device attributes. The format of the string is:
9175
9176 <tt>true|false|yes|no|0|1</tt>
9177
9178 </li>
9179 <li><i>Exact match</i>. Used to specify a single value for the given
9180 device attribute. Any string that does't start with <tt>int:</tt>
9181 represents the exact match. String device attributes are compared to
9182 this string including case of symbols. Integer attributes are first
9183 converted to a string (see individual filter attributes) and then
9184 compared ignoring case.
9185
9186 </li>
9187 <li><i>Any match</i>. Any value of the corresponding device attribute
9188 will match the given filter. An empty or <tt>null</tt> string is
9189 used to construct this type of filtering expressions.
9190
9191 </li>
9192 </ul>
9193
9194 <note>
9195 On the Windows host platform, interval filters are not currently
9196 available. Also all string filter attributes
9197 (<link to="#manufacturer"/>, <link to="#product"/>,
9198 <link to="#serialNumber"/>) are ignored, so they behave as
9199 <i>any match</i> no matter what string expression is specified.
9200 </note>
9201
9202 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
9203 </desc>
9204
9205 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
9206 <desc>
9207 Visible name for this filter.
9208 This name is used to visually distungish one filter from another,
9209 so it can neither be <tt>null</tt> nor an empty string.
9210 </desc>
9211 </attribute>
9212
9213 <attribute name="active" type="boolean">
9214 <desc>Whether this filter active or has been temporarily disabled.</desc>
9215 </attribute>
9216
9217 <attribute name="vendorId" type="wstring">
9218 <desc>
9219 <link to="IUSBDevice::vendorId">Vendor ID</link> filter.
9220 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
9221 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
9222 (including leading zeroes).
9223 </desc>
9224 </attribute>
9225
9226 <attribute name="productId" type="wstring">
9227 <desc>
9228 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product ID</link> filter.
9229 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
9230 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
9231 (including leading zeroes).
9232 </desc>
9233 </attribute>
9234
9235 <attribute name="revision" type="wstring">
9236 <desc>
9237 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product revision number</link>
9238 filter. The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
9239 has the form <tt>IIFF</tt>, where <tt>I</tt> is the decimal digit
9240 of the integer part of the revision, and <tt>F</tt> is the
9241 decimal digit of its fractional part (including leading and
9242 trailing zeroes).
9243 Note that for interval filters, it's best to use the hexadecimal
9244 form, because the revision is stored as a 16 bit packed BCD value;
9245 so the expression <tt>int:0x0100-0x0199</tt> will match any
9246 revision from <tt>1.0</tt> to <tt>1.99</tt>.
9247 </desc>
9248 </attribute>
9249
9250 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring">
9251 <desc>
9252 <link to="IUSBDevice::manufacturer">Manufacturer</link> filter.
9253 </desc>
9254 </attribute>
9255
9256 <attribute name="product" type="wstring">
9257 <desc>
9258 <link to="IUSBDevice::product">Product</link> filter.
9259 </desc>
9260 </attribute>
9261
9262 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring">
9263 <desc>
9264 <link to="IUSBDevice::serialNumber">Serial number</link> filter.
9265 </desc>
9266 </attribute>
9267
9268 <attribute name="port" type="wstring">
9269 <desc>
9270 <link to="IUSBDevice::port">Host USB port</link> filter.
9271 </desc>
9272 </attribute>
9273
9274 <attribute name="remote" type="wstring">
9275 <desc>
9276 <link to="IUSBDevice::remote">Remote state</link> filter.
9277 <note>
9278 This filter makes sense only for machine USB filters,
9279 i.e. it is ignored by IHostUSBDeviceFilter objects.
9280 </note>
9281 </desc>
9282 </attribute>
9283
9284 <attribute name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long">
9285 <desc>
9286 This is an advanced option for hiding one or more USB interfaces
9287 from the guest. The value is a bitmask where the bits that are set
9288 means the corresponding USB interface should be hidden, masked off
9289 if you like.
9290 This feature only works on Linux hosts.
9291 </desc>
9292 </attribute>
9293
9294 </interface>
9295
9296
9297 <!--
9298 // IHostUSBDevice
9299 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9300 -->
9301
9302 <enum
9303 name="USBDeviceState"
9304 uuid="b99a2e65-67fb-4882-82fd-f3e5e8193ab4"
9305 >
9306 <desc>
9307 USB device state. This enumeration represents all possible states
9308 of the USB device physically attached to the host computer regarding
9309 its state on the host computer and availability to guest computers
9310 (all currently running virtual machines).
9311
9312 Once a supported USB device is attached to the host, global USB
9313 filters (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>) are activated. They can
9314 either ignore the device, or put ot to #Held state, or do nothing. Unless
9315 the device is ignored by global filters, filters of all currently running
9316 guests (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are activated that can
9317 put it to #Captured state.
9318
9319 If the device was ignored by global filters, or didn't match
9320 any filters at all (including guest ones), it is handled by the host
9321 in a normal way. In this case, the device state is determined by
9322 the host and can be one of #Unavailable, #Busy or #Available, depending on
9323 the current device usage.
9324
9325 Besides auto-capturing based on filters, the device can be manually
9326 captured by guests (<link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) if its
9327 state is #Busy, #Available or #Held.
9328
9329 <note>
9330 Due to differences in USB stack implementations in Linux and Win32,
9331 states #Busy and #Available are applicable only to the Linux version of
9332 the product. This also means that (<link
9333 to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) can only succeed on Win32 if
9334 the device state is #USBDeviceHeld.
9335 </note>
9336
9337 <see>IHostUSBDevice, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
9338 </desc>
9339
9340 <const name="NotSupported" value="0">
9341 <desc>
9342 Not supported by the VirtualBox server, not available to guests.
9343 </desc>
9344 </const>
9345 <const name="Unavailable" value="1">
9346 <desc>
9347 Being used by the host computer exclusively,
9348 not available to guests.
9349 </desc>
9350 </const>
9351 <const name="Busy" value="2">
9352 <desc>
9353 Being used by the host computer, potentially available to guests.
9354 </desc>
9355 </const>
9356 <const name="Available" value="3">
9357 <desc>
9358 Not used by the host computer, available to guests.
9359 The host computer can also start using the device at any time.
9360 </desc>
9361 </const>
9362 <const name="Held" value="4">
9363 <desc>
9364 Held by the VirtualBox server (ignored by the host computer),
9365 available to guests.
9366 </desc>
9367 </const>
9368 <const name="Captured" value="5">
9369 <desc>
9370 Captured by one of the guest computers, not available
9371 to anybody else.
9372 </desc>
9373 </const>
9374 </enum>
9375
9376 <enumerator
9377 name="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9378 uuid="a0c55136-939f-4d20-b9d3-4d406f08bfa5"
9379 />
9380
9381 <collection
9382 name="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9383 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator"
9384 uuid="f9d3f96d-b027-4994-b589-70bb9ee0d364"
9385 readonly="yes"
9386 >
9387 <method name="findById">
9388 <desc>
9389 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
9390 <note>
9391 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
9392 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9393 </note>
9394 <see>IHostUSBDevice::id</see>
9395 </desc>
9396 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
9397 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
9398 </param>
9399 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9400 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9401 </param>
9402 </method>
9403
9404 <method name="findByAddress">
9405 <desc>
9406 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
9407 host address.
9408 <note>
9409 The method returns an error if the given address does not
9410 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9411 </note>
9412 <see>IHostUSBDevice::address</see>
9413 </desc>
9414 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9415 <desc>
9416 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
9417 search for.
9418 </desc>
9419 </param>
9420 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9421 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9422 </param>
9423 </method>
9424
9425 </collection>
9426
9427 <interface
9428 name="IHostUSBDevice" extends="IUSBDevice"
9429 uuid="173b4b44-d268-4334-a00d-b6521c9a740a"
9430 wsmap="managed"
9431 >
9432 <desc>
9433 The IHostUSBDevice interface represents a physical USB device attached
9434 to the host computer.
9435
9436 Besides properties inherited from IUSBDevice, this interface adds the
9437 <link to="#state"/> property that holds the courrent state of the USB
9438 device.
9439
9440 <see>IHost::USBDevices, IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9441 </desc>
9442
9443 <attribute name="state" type="USBDeviceState" readonly="yes">
9444 <desc>
9445 Current state of the device.
9446 </desc>
9447 </attribute>
9448
9449 <!-- @todo add class, subclass, bandwidth, configs, interfaces endpoints and such later. -->
9450
9451 </interface>
9452
9453
9454 <!--
9455 // IHostUSBDeviceFilter
9456 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9457 -->
9458
9459 <enum
9460 name="USBDeviceFilterAction"
9461 uuid="cbc30a49-2f4e-43b5-9da6-121320475933"
9462 >
9463 <desc>
9464 Actions for host USB device filters.
9465 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
9466 </desc>
9467
9468 <const name="Null" value="0">
9469 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
9470 </const>
9471 <const name="Ignore" value="1">
9472 <desc>Ignore the matched USB device.</desc>
9473 </const>
9474 <const name="Hold" value="2">
9475 <desc>Hold the matched USB device.</desc>
9476 </const>
9477 </enum>
9478
9479 <enumerator
9480 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9481 uuid="ff735211-903e-4642-9c37-189eb44579fe"
9482 />
9483
9484 <collection
9485 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9486 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
9487 uuid="1a80458b-87f1-4a74-995d-04e2330119e0"
9488 readonly="yes"
9489 />
9490
9491 <interface
9492 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" extends="IUSBDeviceFilter"
9493 uuid="4cc70246-d74a-400f-8222-3900489c0374"
9494 wsmap="managed"
9495 >
9496 <desc>
9497 The IHostUSBDeviceFilter interface represents a global filter for a
9498 physical USB device used by the host computer. Used indirectly in
9499 <link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>.
9500
9501 Using filters of this type, the host computer determines the initial
9502 state of the USB device after it is physically attached to the
9503 host's USB controller.
9504
9505 <note>
9506 The <link to="#remote"/> attribute is ignored by this type of
9507 filters, because it makes sense only for
9508 <link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters">machine USB filters</link>.
9509 </note>
9510
9511 <see>IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9512 </desc>
9513
9514 <attribute name="action" type="USBDeviceFilterAction">
9515 <desc>
9516 Action performed by the host when an attached USB device
9517 matches this filter.
9518 </desc>
9519 </attribute>
9520
9521 </interface>
9522
9523 <!--
9524 // IAudioAdapter
9525 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9526 -->
9527
9528 <enum
9529 name="AudioDriverType"
9530 uuid="4bcc3d73-c2fe-40db-b72f-0c2ca9d68496"
9531 >
9532 <desc>
9533 Host audio driver type.
9534 </desc>
9535
9536 <const name="Null" value="0">
9537 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "dummy audio driver".</desc>
9538 </const>
9539 <const name="WinMM" value="1"/>
9540 <const name="OSS" value="2"/>
9541 <const name="ALSA" value="3"/>
9542 <const name="DirectSound" value="4"/>
9543 <const name="CoreAudio" value="5"/>
9544 <const name="MMPM" value="6"/>
9545 <const name="Pulse" value="7"/>
9546 <const name="SolAudio" value="8"/>
9547 </enum>
9548
9549 <enum
9550 name="AudioControllerType"
9551 uuid="7afd395c-42c3-444e-8788-3ce80292f36c"
9552 >
9553 <desc>
9554 Virtual audio controller type.
9555 </desc>
9556
9557 <const name="AC97" value="0"/>
9558 <const name="SB16" value="1"/>
9559 </enum>
9560
9561 <interface
9562 name="IAudioAdapter" extends="$unknown"
9563 uuid="921873db-5f3f-4b69-91f9-7be9e535a2cb"
9564 wsmap="managed"
9565 >
9566 <desc>
9567 The IAudioAdapter interface represents the virtual audio adapter of
9568 the virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::audioAdapter"/>.
9569 </desc>
9570 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9571 <desc>
9572 Flag whether the audio adapter is present in the
9573 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9574 not contain any audio adapter. Can only be changed when
9575 the VM is not running.
9576 </desc>
9577 </attribute>
9578 <attribute name="audioController" type="AudioControllerType">
9579 <desc>
9580 The audio hardware we emulate.
9581 </desc>
9582 </attribute>
9583 <attribute name="audioDriver" type="AudioDriverType">
9584 <desc>
9585 Audio driver the adapter is connected to. This setting
9586 can only be changed when the VM is not running.
9587 </desc>
9588 </attribute>
9589 </interface>
9590
9591 <!--
9592 // IVRDPServer
9593 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9594 -->
9595
9596 <enum
9597 name="VRDPAuthType"
9598 uuid="3d91887a-b67f-4b33-85bf-2da7ab1ea83a"
9599 >
9600 <desc>
9601 VRDP authentication type.
9602 </desc>
9603
9604 <const name="Null" value="0">
9605 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "no authentication".</desc>
9606 </const>
9607 <const name="External" value="1"/>
9608 <const name="Guest" value="2"/>
9609 </enum>
9610
9611 <interface
9612 name="IVRDPServer" extends="$unknown"
9613 uuid="ed9d31ae-867f-45fc-b727-6740084d1883"
9614 wsmap="managed"
9615 >
9616 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9617 <desc>VRDP server status.</desc>
9618 </attribute>
9619
9620 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned long">
9621 <desc>
9622 VRDP server port number.
9623 <note>
9624 Setting the value of this property to <tt>0</tt> will reset the port
9625 number to the default value which is
9626 currently <tt>3389</tt>. Reading this property will always return a
9627 real port number, even after it has been set to <tt>0</tt> (in which
9628 case the default port is returned).
9629 </note>
9630 </desc>
9631 </attribute>
9632
9633 <attribute name="netAddress" type="wstring">
9634 <desc>VRDP server address.</desc>
9635 </attribute>
9636
9637 <attribute name="authType" type="VRDPAuthType">
9638 <desc>VRDP authentication method.</desc>
9639 </attribute>
9640
9641 <attribute name="authTimeout" type="unsigned long">
9642 <desc>Timeout for guest authentication. Milliseconds.</desc>
9643 </attribute>
9644
9645 <attribute name="allowMultiConnection" type="boolean">
9646 <desc>
9647 Flag whether multiple simultaneous connections to the VM are permitted.
9648 Note that this will be replaced by a more powerful mechanism in the future.
9649 </desc>
9650 </attribute>
9651
9652 </interface>
9653
9654
9655 <!--
9656 // ISharedFolder
9657 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9658 -->
9659
9660 <enumerator
9661 name="ISharedFolderEnumerator" type="ISharedFolder"
9662 uuid="1d420fd8-e7c1-4511-abf4-a504dc6d0cbf"
9663 />
9664
9665 <collection
9666 name="ISharedFolderCollection" type="ISharedFolder"
9667 enumerator="ISharedFolderEnumerator"
9668 uuid="9c7e2282-bb16-4fa7-9138-f383c5e02353"
9669 readonly="yes">
9670
9671 <method name="findByName">
9672 <desc>
9673 Searches this collection for a shared folder with the given logical
9674 name.
9675 <note>
9676 The method returns an error if the given name does not correspond to
9677 any shared folder in the collection.
9678 </note>
9679 </desc>
9680 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9681 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to search for</desc>
9682 </param>
9683 <param name="sharedFolder" type="ISharedFolder" dir="return">
9684 <desc>Found shared folder object</desc>
9685 </param>
9686 </method>
9687
9688 </collection>
9689
9690 <interface
9691 name="ISharedFolder" extends="$unknown"
9692 uuid="8b0c5f70-9139-4f97-a421-64d5e9c335d5"
9693 wsmap="struct"
9694 >
9695 <desc>
9696 The ISharedFolder interface represents a folder in the host computer's
9697 file system accessible from the guest OS running inside a virtual
9698 machine using an associated logical name.
9699
9700 There are three types of shared folders:
9701 <ul>
9702 <li><i>Global</i> (<link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders"/>), shared
9703 folders available to all virtual machines.</li>
9704 <li><i>Permanent</i> (<link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/>),
9705 VM-specific shared folders available to the given virtual machine at
9706 startup.</li>
9707 <li><i>Transient</i> (<link to="IConsole::sharedFolders"/>),
9708 VM-specific shared folders created in the session context (for
9709 example, when the virtual machine is running) and automatically
9710 discarded when the session is closed (the VM is powered off).</li>
9711 </ul>
9712
9713 Logical names of shared folders must be unique within the given scope
9714 (global, permanent or transient). However, they do not need to be unique
9715 across scopes. In this case, the definitioin of the shared folder in a
9716 more specific scope takes precedence over definitions in all other
9717 scopes. The order of precedence is (more specific to more general):
9718 <ol>
9719 <li>Transient definitions</li>
9720 <li>Permanent definitions</li>
9721 <li>Global definitions</li>
9722 </ol>
9723
9724 For example, if MyMachine has a shared folder named
9725 <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points to <tt>C:\\</tt>), then cretaing a
9726 transient shared folder named <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points
9727 to <tt>C:\\\\WINDOWS</tt>) will change the definition
9728 of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> in the guest OS so
9729 that <tt>\\\\VBOXSVR\\C_DRIVE</tt> will give access
9730 to <tt>C:\\WINDOWS</tt> instead of <tt>C:\\</tt> on the host
9731 PC. Removing the transient shared folder <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> will restore
9732 the prevoious (permanent) definition of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> that points
9733 to <tt>C:\\</tt> if it still exists.
9734
9735 Note that permanent and transient shared folders of different machines
9736 are in different name spaces, so they don't overlap and don't need to
9737 have unique logical names.
9738
9739 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
9740 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
9741 but a complete structure.</note>
9742
9743 <note>
9744 Global shared folders are not implemented in the current vesion of the
9745 product.
9746 </note>
9747 </desc>
9748
9749 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9750 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
9751 </attribute>
9752
9753 <attribute name="hostPath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9754 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
9755 </attribute>
9756
9757 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9758 <desc>
9759 Whether the folder defined by the host path is currently
9760 accessible or not.
9761 For example, the folder can be unaccessible if it is placed
9762 on the network share that is not available by the time
9763 this property is read.
9764 </desc>
9765 </attribute>
9766
9767 <attribute name="writable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9768 <desc>
9769 Whether the folder defined by the host path is writable or
9770 not.
9771 </desc>
9772 </attribute>
9773
9774 </interface>
9775
9776 <!--
9777 // ISession
9778 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9779 -->
9780
9781 <interface
9782 name="IInternalSessionControl" extends="$unknown"
9783 uuid="ee0bec44-ffec-4994-8f15-c3dea54bbbb6"
9784 internal="yes"
9785 wsmap="suppress"
9786 >
9787 <method name="getPID">
9788 <desc>PID of the process that has created this Session object.
9789 </desc>
9790 <param name="pid" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
9791 </method>
9792
9793 <method name="getRemoteConsole">
9794 <desc>Returns the console object suitable for remote control.</desc>
9795 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="return"/>
9796 </method>
9797
9798 <method name="assignMachine">
9799 <desc>
9800 Assigns the machine object associated with this direct-type
9801 session or informs the session that it will be a remote one
9802 (if machine = NULL).
9803 </desc>
9804 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9805 </method>
9806
9807 <method name="assignRemoteMachine">
9808 <desc>
9809 Assigns the machine and the (remote) console object associated with
9810 this remote-type session.
9811 </desc>
9812 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9813 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="in"/>
9814 </method>
9815
9816 <method name="updateMachineState">
9817 <desc>
9818 Updates the machine state in the VM process.
9819 Must be called only in certain cases
9820 (see the method implementation).
9821 </desc>
9822 <param name="aMachineState" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
9823 </method>
9824
9825 <method name="uninitialize">
9826 <desc>
9827 Uninitializes (closes) this session. Used by VirtualBox to close
9828 the corresponding remote session when the direct session dies
9829 or gets closed.
9830 </desc>
9831 </method>
9832
9833 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
9834 <desc>
9835 Triggered when settings of the DVD drive object of the
9836 associated virtual machine have changed.
9837 </desc>
9838 </method>
9839
9840 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
9841 <desc>
9842 Triggered when settings of the floppy drive object of the
9843 associated virtual machine have changed.
9844 </desc>
9845 </method>
9846
9847 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
9848 <desc>
9849 Triggered when settions of a network adapter of the
9850 associated virtual machine have changed.
9851 </desc>
9852 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in"/>
9853 </method>
9854
9855 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
9856 <desc>
9857 Triggered when settions of a serial port of the
9858 associated virtual machine have changed.
9859 </desc>
9860 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in"/>
9861 </method>
9862
9863 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
9864 <desc>
9865 Triggered when settings of a parallel port of the
9866 associated virtual machine have changed.
9867 </desc>
9868 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in"/>
9869 </method>
9870
9871 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
9872 <desc>
9873 Triggered when settings of the VRDP server object of the
9874 associated virtual machine have changed.
9875 </desc>
9876 </method>
9877
9878 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
9879 <desc>
9880 Triggered when settings of the USB controller object of the
9881 associated virtual machine have changed.
9882 </desc>
9883 </method>
9884
9885 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
9886 <desc>
9887 Triggered when a permanent (global or machine) shared folder has been
9888 created or removed.
9889 <note>
9890 We don't pass shared folder parameters in this notification because
9891 the order in which parallel notifications are delivered is not defined,
9892 therefore it could happen that these parameters were outdated by the
9893 time of processing this notification.
9894 </note>
9895 </desc>
9896 <param name="global" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9897 </method>
9898
9899 <method name="onUSBDeviceAttach">
9900 <desc>
9901 Triggered when a request to capture a USB device (as a result
9902 of matched USB filters or direct call to
9903 <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9904 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9905 describes a failure.
9906 </desc>
9907 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
9908 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9909 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
9910 </method>
9911
9912 <method name="onUSBDeviceDetach">
9913 <desc>
9914 Triggered when a request to release the USB device (as a result
9915 of machine termination or direct call to
9916 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9917 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9918 </desc>
9919 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
9920 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9921 </method>
9922
9923 <method name="onShowWindow">
9924 <desc>
9925 Called by <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> and by
9926 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> in order to notify
9927 console callbacks
9928 <link to="IConsoleCallback::onCanShowWindow()"/>
9929 and <link to="IConsoleCallback::onShowWindow()"/>.
9930 </desc>
9931 <param name="check" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9932 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
9933 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="out"/>
9934 </method>
9935
9936 <method name="accessGuestProperty">
9937 <desc>
9938 Called by <link to="IMachine::getGuestProperty()"/> and by
9939 <link to="IMachine::setGuestProperty()"/> in order to read and
9940 modify guest properties.
9941 </desc>
9942 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9943 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9944 <param name="isSetter" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9945 <param name="retValue" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9946 </method>
9947
9948 </interface>
9949
9950 <interface
9951 name="ISession" extends="$dispatched"
9952 uuid="12F4DCDB-12B2-4ec1-B7CD-DDD9F6C5BF4D"
9953 wsmap="managed"
9954 >
9955 <desc>
9956 The ISession interface represents a serialization primitive for virtual
9957 machines.
9958
9959 Within VirtualBox, every time one wishes to manipulate a virtual machine
9960 (for example, change its settings or start execution), an instance of
9961 the ISession interface is required. One first creates a local session
9962 object that implements the ISession interface and then passes the
9963 created object with the method call that opens the given session and
9964 thus initiates the machine manipulation. The session serves several
9965 purposes: it identifies to the inter-process VirtualBox code which
9966 process is currently working with the virtual machine, and it ensures
9967 that there are no incompatible requests from several processes for the
9968 same virtual machine.
9969
9970 How sessions objects are used depends on whether you use the Main API
9971 via COM or via the web service:
9972
9973 <ul>
9974 <li>When using the COM API directly, an object of the Session class from the
9975 VirtualBox type library needs to be created. In regular COM C++ client code,
9976 this can be done by calling <tt>createLocalObject()</tt>, a standard COM API.
9977 This object will then act as a local session object in further calls to open
9978 a session.
9979 </li>
9980
9981 <li>In the webservice, the session manager (IWebsessionManager) instead creates
9982 one session object automatically when <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" />
9983 is called. A managed object reference to that session object can be retrieved by
9984 calling <link to="IWebsessionManager::getSessionObject" />. This session object
9985 reference can then be used to open sessions.
9986 </li>
9987 </ul>
9988
9989 Sessions are mainly used in two variations:
9990
9991 <ul>
9992 <li>
9993 To start a virtual machine in a separate process, one would call
9994 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>, which requires a session
9995 object as its first parameter. This session then identifies the caller
9996 and lets him control the started machine (for example, pause machine
9997 execution or power it down) as well as be notified about machine
9998 execution state changes.
9999 </li>
10000
10001 <li>To alter machine settings, or to start machine execution within the
10002 current process, one needs to open a direct session for the machine first by
10003 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>. While a direct session
10004 is open within one process, no any other process may open another direct
10005 session for the same machine. This prevents the machine from being changed
10006 by other processes while it is running or while the machine is being configured.
10007 </li>
10008 </ul>
10009
10010 One also can attach to an existing direct session alreay opened by
10011 another process (for example, in order to send a control request to the
10012 virtual machine such as the pause or the reset request). This is done by
10013 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/>.
10014
10015 <note>
10016 Unless you are trying to write a new VirtualBox front-end that
10017 performs direct machine execution (like the VirtualBox or VBoxSDL
10018 front-ends), don't call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> in a direct
10019 session opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/> and use this
10020 session only to change virtual machine settings. If you simply want to
10021 start virtual machine execution using one of the existing front-ends
10022 (for example the VirtualBox GUI or headless server), simply use
10023 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>; these front-ends
10024 will power up the machine automatically for you.
10025 </note>
10026 </desc>
10027
10028 <attribute name="state" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
10029 <desc>Current state of this session.</desc>
10030 </attribute>
10031
10032 <attribute name="type" type="SessionType" readonly="yes">
10033 <desc>
10034 Type of this session. The value of this attribute is valid only
10035 if the session is currently open (i.e. its #state is SessionType::SessionOpen),
10036 otherwise an error will be returned.
10037 </desc>
10038 </attribute>
10039
10040 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
10041 <desc>Machine object associated with this session.</desc>
10042 </attribute>
10043
10044 <attribute name="console" type="IConsole" readonly="yes">
10045 <desc>Console object associated with this session.</desc>
10046 </attribute>
10047
10048 <method name="close">
10049 <desc>
10050 Closes this session.
10051 <note>
10052 If a direct session for a machine opened with
10053 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> is not explicitly
10054 closed when the application terminates, the state of the
10055 machine will be set to <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>
10056 on the server. Generally, it is recommended to close all
10057 open sessions explicitly before terminating the application
10058 (no matter what is the reason of the termination).
10059 </note>
10060 </desc>
10061 </method>
10062
10063 </interface>
10064
10065 <!--
10066 // ISATAController
10067 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10068 -->
10069
10070 <interface
10071 name="ISATAController" extends="$unknown"
10072 uuid="9a4b868b-1376-4533-8ef5-065b8e8cedff"
10073 wsmap="managed"
10074 >
10075 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
10076 <desc>
10077 Flag whether the SATA controller is present in the
10078 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
10079 not contain any SATA controller. Can only be changed when
10080 the VM is powered off.
10081 </desc>
10082 </attribute>
10083
10084 <attribute name="portCount" type="unsigned long">
10085 <desc>
10086 The number of usable ports on the sata controller.
10087 It ranges from 1 to 30.
10088 </desc>
10089 </attribute>
10090
10091 <method name="GetIDEEmulationPort">
10092 <desc>Gets the corresponding port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
10093 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
10094 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="return"/>
10095 </method>
10096
10097 <method name="SetIDEEmulationPort">
10098 <desc>Sets the port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
10099 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
10100 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="in"/>
10101 </method>
10102
10103 </interface>
10104
10105<if target="wsdl">
10106
10107 <!--
10108 // IManagedObjectRef
10109 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10110 -->
10111
10112 <interface
10113 name="IManagedObjectRef" extends="$unknown"
10114 uuid="9474d09d-2313-46de-b568-a42b8718e8ed"
10115 internal="yes"
10116 wsmap="managed"
10117 wscpp="hardcoded"
10118 >
10119 <desc>
10120 Webservice only: Managed object reference.
10121
10122 Only within the webservice, a managed object reference (which is really
10123 an opaque number) allows a webservice client to address an object
10124 that lives in the address space of the webservice server.
10125
10126 Behind each managed object reference, there is a COM object that lives
10127 in the webservice server's address space. The COM object is not freed
10128 until the managed object reference is released, either by an explicit
10129 call to <link to="IManagedObjectRef::release" /> or by logging off from
10130 the webservice (<link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />), which releases
10131 all objects created during the webservice session.
10132
10133 Whenever a method call of the VirtualBox API returns a COM object, the
10134 webservice representation of that method will instead return a
10135 managed object reference, which can then be used to invoke methods
10136 on that object.
10137 </desc>
10138
10139 <method name="getInterfaceName">
10140 <desc>
10141 Returns the name of the interface that this managed object represents,
10142 for example, "IMachine", as a string.
10143 </desc>
10144 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
10145 </method>
10146
10147 <method name="release">
10148 <desc>
10149 Releases this managed object reference and frees the resources that
10150 were allocated for it in the webservice server process. After calling
10151 this method, the identifier of the reference can no longer be used.
10152 </desc>
10153 </method>
10154
10155 </interface>
10156
10157 <!--
10158 // IWebsessionManager
10159 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10160 -->
10161
10162 <interface
10163 name="IWebsessionManager" extends="$unknown"
10164 uuid="dea1b4c7-2de3-418a-850d-7868617f7733"
10165 internal="yes"
10166 wsmap="global"
10167 wscpp="hardcoded"
10168 >
10169 <desc>
10170 Webservice only: Websession manager. This provides essential services
10171 to webservice clients.
10172 </desc>
10173 <method name="logon">
10174 <desc>
10175 Logs a new client onto the webservice and returns a managed object reference to
10176 the IVirtualBox instance, which the client can then use as a basis to further
10177 queries, since all calls to the VirtualBox API are based on the IVirtualBox
10178 interface, in one way or the other.
10179 </desc>
10180 <param name="username" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
10181 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
10182 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
10183 </method>
10184
10185 <method name="getSessionObject">
10186 <desc>
10187 Returns a managed object reference to the internal ISession object that was created
10188 for this web service session when the client logged on.
10189
10190 <see>ISession</see>
10191 </desc>
10192 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
10193 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
10194 </method>
10195
10196 <method name="logoff">
10197 <desc>
10198 Logs off the client who has previously logged on with <link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />
10199 and destroys all resources associated with the session (most importantly, all
10200 managed objects created in the server while the session was active).
10201 </desc>
10202 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
10203 </method>
10204
10205 </interface>
10206
10207</if>
10208
10209 <!--
10210 // IPerformanceCollector & friends
10211 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10212 -->
10213
10214 <interface
10215 name="IPerformanceMetric" extends="$unknown"
10216 uuid="50831d4c-ed55-4221-836c-87b487d3b44a" wsmap="managed"
10217 >
10218 <desc>
10219 The IPerformanceMetric interface represents parameters of the given
10220 performance metric.
10221 </desc>
10222
10223 <attribute name="metricName" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
10224 <desc>
10225 Name of the metric.
10226 </desc>
10227 </attribute>
10228
10229 <attribute name="object" type="$unknown" readonly="yes">
10230 <desc>
10231 Object this metric belongs to.
10232 </desc>
10233 </attribute>
10234
10235 <attribute name="period" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
10236 <desc>
10237 Time interval between samples, measured in seconds.
10238 </desc>
10239 </attribute>
10240
10241 <attribute name="count" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
10242 <desc>
10243 Number of recent samples retained by the performance collector for this
10244 metric.
10245
10246 When the collected sample count exceeds this number, older samples
10247 are discarded.
10248 </desc>
10249 </attribute>
10250
10251 <attribute name="unit" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
10252 <desc>
10253 Unit of measurement.
10254 </desc>
10255 </attribute>
10256
10257 <attribute name="minimumValue" type="long" readonly="yes">
10258 <desc>
10259 Minimum possible value of this metric.
10260 </desc>
10261 </attribute>
10262
10263 <attribute name="maximumValue" type="long" readonly="yes">
10264 <desc>
10265 Maximum possible value of this metric.
10266 </desc>
10267 </attribute>
10268 </interface>
10269
10270 <interface
10271 name="IPerformanceCollector" extends="$unknown"
10272 uuid="dcd37e5a-3964-43d1-be30-0f3c7234e347"
10273 wsmap="managed"
10274 >
10275 <desc>
10276 The IPerformanceCollector interface represents a service that collects and
10277 stores performance metrics data.
10278
10279 Performance metrics are associated with objects like IHost and IMachine.
10280 Each object has a distict set of performance metrics. It can be obtained
10281 with <link to="IPerformanceCollector::getMetrics"/>.
10282 </desc>
10283
10284 <attribute name="metricNames" type="wstring" readonly="yes" safearray="yes">
10285 <desc>
10286 Array of unique names of metrics.
10287
10288 This array represents all metrics supported by the performance
10289 collector. Individual objects do not necessarily support all of them.
10290 <link to="IPerformanceCollector::getMetrics"/> can be used to get the
10291 list of supported metrics for a particular object.
10292 </desc>
10293 </attribute>
10294
10295 <method name="getMetrics">
10296 <desc>
10297 Returns parameters of specified metrics for a set of objects.
10298 <note>
10299 @c Null metrics array means all metrics. @c Null object array means
10300 all existing objects.
10301 </note>
10302 </desc>
10303 <param name="metricNames" type="wstring" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10304 <desc>
10305 Metric name filter. Currently, only a comma-separated list of metrics
10306 is supported.
10307 </desc>
10308 </param>
10309 <param name="objects" type="$unknown" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10310 <desc>
10311 Set of objects to return metric parameters for.
10312 </desc>
10313 </param>
10314 <param name="metrics" type="IPerformanceMetric" dir="return" safearray="yes">
10315 <desc>
10316 Array of returned metric parameters.
10317 </desc>
10318 </param>
10319 </method>
10320
10321 <method name="setupMetrics">
10322 <desc>
10323 Sets parameters of specified metrics for a set of objects.
10324 <note>
10325 @c Null metrics array means all metrics. @c Null object array means
10326 all existing objects.
10327 </note>
10328 </desc>
10329 <param name="metricNames" type="wstring" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10330 <desc>
10331 Metric name filter. Currently, only a comma-separated list of metrics
10332 is supported.
10333 </desc>
10334 </param>
10335 <param name="objects" type="$unknown" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10336 <desc>
10337 Set of objects to setup metric parameters for.
10338 </desc>
10339 </param>
10340 <param name="period" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
10341 <desc>
10342 Time interval in seconds between two consecutive samples of performace
10343 data.
10344 </desc>
10345 </param>
10346 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
10347 <desc>
10348 Number of samples to retain in performance data history. Older samples
10349 get discarded.
10350 </desc>
10351 </param>
10352 </method>
10353
10354 <method name="enableMetrics">
10355 <desc>
10356 Turns on collecting specified metrics.
10357 <note>
10358 @c Null metrics array means all metrics. @c Null object array means
10359 all existing objects.
10360 </note>
10361 </desc>
10362 <param name="metricNames" type="wstring" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10363 <desc>
10364 Metric name filter. Currently, only a comma-separated list of metrics
10365 is supported.
10366 </desc>
10367 </param>
10368 <param name="objects" type="$unknown" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10369 <desc>
10370 Set of objects to enable metrics for.
10371 </desc>
10372 </param>
10373 </method>
10374
10375 <method name="disableMetrics">
10376 <desc>
10377 Turns off collecting specified metrics.
10378 <note>
10379 @c Null metrics array means all metrics. @c Null object array means
10380 all existing objects.
10381 </note>
10382 </desc>
10383 <param name="metricNames" type="wstring" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10384 <desc>
10385 Metric name filter. Currently, only a comma-separated list of metrics
10386 is supported.
10387 </desc>
10388 </param>
10389 <param name="objects" type="$unknown" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10390 <desc>
10391 Set of objects to disable metrics for.
10392 </desc>
10393 </param>
10394 </method>
10395
10396 <method name="queryMetricsData">
10397 <desc>
10398 Queries collected metrics data for a set of objects.
10399
10400 The data itself and related metric information are returned in four
10401 parallel and one flattened array of arrays. Elements of @c
10402 returnMetricNames, @c returnObjects, @c returnDataIndices and @
10403 returnDataLengths with the same index describe one set of values
10404 corresponding to a single metric.
10405
10406 The @a returnData parameter is a flattened array of arrays. Each start
10407 and length of a sub-array is indicated by @a returnDataIndices and @a
10408 returnDataLengths. The first value for metric <tt>metricNames[i]</tt> is at
10409 <tt> returnData[returnIndices[i]]</tt>.
10410
10411 <note>
10412 @c Null metrics array means all applicable metrics. @c Null object
10413 array means all existing objects.
10414 </note>
10415 </desc>
10416 <param name="metricNames" type="wstring" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10417 <desc>
10418 Metric name filter. Currently, only a comma-separated list of metrics
10419 is supported.
10420 </desc>
10421 </param>
10422 <param name="objects" type="$unknown" dir="in" safearray="yes">
10423 <desc>
10424 Set of objects to query metrics for.
10425 </desc>
10426 </param>
10427 <param name="returnMetricNames" type="wstring" dir="out" safearray="yes">
10428 <desc>
10429 Names of metrics returned in @c returnData.
10430 </desc>
10431 </param>
10432 <param name="returnObjects" type="$unknown" dir="out" safearray="yes">
10433 <desc>
10434 Objects associated with metrics returned in @c returnData.
10435 </desc>
10436 </param>
10437 <param name="returnDataIndices" type="unsigned long" dir="out" safearray="yes">
10438 <desc>
10439 Indices of the first elements of value sequences of particular metrics
10440 returned in @c returnData.
10441 </desc>
10442 </param>
10443 <param name="returnDataLengths" type="unsigned long" dir="out" safearray="yes">
10444 <desc>
10445 Lengths of value sequences of particular metrics.
10446 </desc>
10447 </param>
10448 <param name="returnData" type="long" dir="return" safearray="yes">
10449 <desc>
10450 Flattened array of all metric data containing sequences of values for
10451 each metric.
10452 </desc>
10453 </param>
10454 </method>
10455
10456 </interface>
10457
10458 <module name="VBoxSVC" context="LocalServer">
10459 <class name="VirtualBox" uuid="B1A7A4F2-47B9-4A1E-82B2-07CCD5323C3F"
10460 namespace="virtualbox.org">
10461 <interface name="IVirtualBox" default="yes"/>
10462 </class>
10463 </module>
10464
10465 <module name="VBoxC" context="InprocServer" threadingModel="Free">
10466 <class name="Session" uuid="3C02F46D-C9D2-4f11-A384-53F0CF917214"
10467 namespace="virtualbox.org">
10468 <interface name="ISession" default="yes"/>
10469 </class>
10470 </module>
10471
10472</library>
10473
10474</idl>
Note: See TracBrowser for help on using the repository browser.

© 2024 Oracle Support Privacy / Do Not Sell My Info Terms of Use Trademark Policy Automated Access Etiquette